merge in a year's worth of CERN work

This commit is contained in:
Dick Hollenbeck 2013-10-29 19:10:24 -05:00
commit c1ec14bcac
508 changed files with 176177 additions and 978 deletions

View File

@ -414,6 +414,6 @@ void CALLBACK tessErrorCB( GLenum errorCode )
errorStr = gluErrorString( errorCode );
// DEBUG //
D( printf( "Tess ERROR: %s\n", errorStr ); )
DBG( printf( "Tess ERROR: %s\n", errorStr ); )
#endif
}

View File

@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ int VRML_MODEL_PARSER::readMaterial( FILE* file, int* LineNum )
}
}
D( printf( "ReadMaterial error: material not found\n" ) );
DBG( printf( "ReadMaterial error: material not found\n" ) );
return 0;
}
@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ int VRML_MODEL_PARSER::readChildren( FILE* file, int* LineNum )
}
else
{
D( printf( "ReadChildren error line %d <%s> \n", *LineNum, text ) );
DBG( printf( "ReadChildren error line %d <%s> \n", *LineNum, text ) );
break;
}
}
@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ int VRML_MODEL_PARSER::readShape( FILE* file, int* LineNum )
}
else
{
D( printf( "ReadShape error line %d <%s> \n", *LineNum, text ) );
DBG( printf( "ReadShape error line %d <%s> \n", *LineNum, text ) );
break;
}
}
@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ int VRML_MODEL_PARSER::readAppearance( FILE* file, int* LineNum )
}
else
{
D( printf( "ReadAppearance error line %d <%s> \n", *LineNum, text ) );
DBG( printf( "ReadAppearance error line %d <%s> \n", *LineNum, text ) );
break;
}
}

View File

@ -197,19 +197,19 @@ void X3D_MODEL_PARSER::readMaterial( wxXmlNode* aMatNode )
if( !parseDoubleTriplet( properties[ wxT( "diffuseColor" ) ],
material->m_DiffuseColor ) )
{
D( printf("diffuseColor parsing error") );
DBG( printf("diffuseColor parsing error") );
}
if( !parseDoubleTriplet( properties[ wxT( "specularColor" ) ],
material->m_SpecularColor ) )
{
D( printf("specularColor parsing error") );
DBG( printf("specularColor parsing error") );
}
if( !parseDoubleTriplet( properties[ wxT( "emissiveColor" ) ],
material->m_EmissiveColor ) )
{
D( printf("emissiveColor parsing error") );
DBG( printf("emissiveColor parsing error") );
}
wxStringTokenizer values;
@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ void X3D_MODEL_PARSER::readMaterial( wxXmlNode* aMatNode )
}
else
{
D( printf( "ambienterror" ) );
DBG( printf( "ambienterror" ) );
}
values.SetString( properties[ wxT( "shininess" ) ] );
@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ void X3D_MODEL_PARSER::readMaterial( wxXmlNode* aMatNode )
}
else
{
D( printf( "shininess error" ) );
DBG( printf( "shininess error" ) );
}
values.SetString( properties[ wxT( "transparency" ) ] );
@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ void X3D_MODEL_PARSER::readMaterial( wxXmlNode* aMatNode )
}
else
{
D( printf( "trans error") );
DBG( printf( "trans error") );
}
material->SetMaterial();
@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ void X3D_MODEL_PARSER::readMaterial( wxXmlNode* aMatNode )
}
}
D( printf( "ReadMaterial error: material not found\n" ) );
DBG( printf( "ReadMaterial error: material not found\n" ) );
}
}
@ -373,7 +373,7 @@ void X3D_MODEL_PARSER::readIndexedFaceSet( wxXmlNode* aFaceNode,
tokens.GetNextToken().ToDouble( &rotation.z ) &&
tokens.GetNextToken().ToDouble( &angle ) ) )
{
D( printf("rotation read error") );
DBG( printf("rotation read error") );
}
double vrmlunits_to_3Dunits = g_Parm_3D_Visu.m_BiuTo3Dunits *
@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ void X3D_MODEL_PARSER::readIndexedFaceSet( wxXmlNode* aFaceNode,
if( points.size() % 3 != 0 )
{
D( printf( "Number of points is incorrect" ) );
DBG( printf( "Number of points is incorrect" ) );
return;
}

View File

@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ option( KICAD_SCRIPTING_MODULES
option( KICAD_SCRIPTING_WXPYTHON
"set this option ON to build wxpython implementation for wx interface building in python and py.shell"
)
# when option KICAD_SCRIPTING OR KICAD_SCRIPTING_MODULES is enabled:
# PYTHON_EXECUTABLE can be defined when invoking cmake
# ( use -DPYTHON_EXECUTABLE=<python path>/python.exe or python2 )
@ -230,12 +230,27 @@ include( ExternalProject )
#================================================
include( CheckFindPackageResult )
# Turn on wxWidgets compatibility mode for some classes
add_definitions(-DWX_COMPATIBILITY)
#######################
# Find OpenGL library #
#######################
find_package( OpenGL QUIET )
check_find_package_result( OPENGL_FOUND "OpenGL" )
#####################
# Find GLEW library #
#####################
find_package(GLEW)
check_find_package_result(GLEW_FOUND "GLEW")
######################
# Find Cairo library #
######################
find_package(Cairo 1.8.1 QUIET)
check_find_package_result(CAIRO_FOUND "Cairo")
# Download boost and possibly build parts of it
#################################################
include( download_boost )
@ -360,6 +375,7 @@ add_subdirectory( cvpcb )
add_subdirectory( eeschema )
add_subdirectory( gerbview )
add_subdirectory( kicad )
add_subdirectory( lib_dxf )
add_subdirectory( pcbnew )
add_subdirectory( polygon )
add_subdirectory( pagelayout_editor )
@ -375,12 +391,14 @@ add_subdirectory( tools )
add_dependencies( pcbnew boost )
add_dependencies( eeschema boost )
add_dependencies( cvpcb boost )
add_dependencies( gal boost )
add_dependencies( common boost )
add_dependencies( pcbcommon boost )
add_dependencies( 3d-viewer boost )
add_dependencies( pcad2kicadpcb boost )
add_dependencies( polygon boost )
add_dependencies( pl_editor boost )
add_dependencies( pnsrouter boost )
#############

View File

@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
# - Try to find the CAIRO library
# Once done this will define
#
# CAIRO_ROOT_DIR - Set this variable to the root installation of CAIRO
#
# Read-Only variables:
# CAIRO_FOUND - system has the CAIRO library
# CAIRO_INCLUDE_DIR - the CAIRO include directory
# CAIRO_LIBRARIES - The libraries needed to use CAIRO
# CAIRO_VERSION - This is set to $major.$minor.$revision (eg. 0.9.8)
#=============================================================================
# Copyright 2012 Dmitry Baryshnikov <polimax at mail dot ru>
#
# Distributed under the OSI-approved BSD License (the "License");
# see accompanying file Copyright.txt for details.
#
# This software is distributed WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the
# implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
# See the License for more information.
#=============================================================================
# (To distribute this file outside of CMake, substitute the full
# License text for the above reference.)
if (UNIX)
find_package(PkgConfig)
if (PKG_CONFIG_FOUND)
pkg_check_modules(_CAIRO cairo)
endif (PKG_CONFIG_FOUND)
endif (UNIX)
SET(_CAIRO_ROOT_HINTS
$ENV{CAIRO}
${CAIRO_ROOT_DIR}
)
SET(_CAIRO_ROOT_PATHS
$ENV{CAIRO}/src
/usr
/usr/local
)
SET(_CAIRO_ROOT_HINTS_AND_PATHS
HINTS ${_CAIRO_ROOT_HINTS}
PATHS ${_CAIRO_ROOT_PATHS}
)
FIND_PATH(CAIRO_INCLUDE_DIR
NAMES
cairo.h
HINTS
${_CAIRO_INCLUDEDIR}
${_CAIRO_ROOT_HINTS_AND_PATHS}
PATH_SUFFIXES
include
"include/cairo"
)
IF(WIN32 AND NOT CYGWIN)
# MINGW should go here too
IF(MSVC)
# Implementation details:
# We are using the libraries located in the VC subdir instead of the parent directory eventhough :
FIND_LIBRARY(CAIRO_DEBUG
NAMES
cairod
${_CAIRO_ROOT_HINTS_AND_PATHS}
PATH_SUFFIXES
"lib"
"VC"
"lib/VC"
)
FIND_LIBRARY(CAIRO_RELEASE
NAMES
cairo
${_CAIRO_ROOT_HINTS_AND_PATHS}
PATH_SUFFIXES
"lib"
"VC"
"lib/VC"
)
if( CMAKE_CONFIGURATION_TYPES OR CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE )
if(NOT CAIRO_DEBUG)
set(CAIRO_DEBUG ${CAIRO_RELEASE})
endif(NOT CAIRO_DEBUG)
set( CAIRO_LIBRARIES
optimized ${CAIRO_RELEASE} debug ${CAIRO_DEBUG}
)
else()
set( CAIRO_LIBRARIES ${CAIRO_RELEASE})
endif()
MARK_AS_ADVANCED(CAIRO_DEBUG CAIRO_RELEASE)
ELSEIF(MINGW)
# same player, for MingW
FIND_LIBRARY(CAIRO
NAMES
cairo
${_CAIRO_ROOT_HINTS_AND_PATHS}
PATH_SUFFIXES
"lib"
"lib/MinGW"
)
MARK_AS_ADVANCED(CAIRO)
set( CAIRO_LIBRARIES ${CAIRO})
ELSE(MSVC)
# Not sure what to pick for -say- intel, let's use the toplevel ones and hope someone report issues:
FIND_LIBRARY(CAIRO
NAMES
cairo
HINTS
${_CAIRO_LIBDIR}
${_CAIRO_ROOT_HINTS_AND_PATHS}
PATH_SUFFIXES
lib
)
MARK_AS_ADVANCED(CAIRO)
set( CAIRO_LIBRARIES ${CAIRO} )
ENDIF(MSVC)
ELSE(WIN32 AND NOT CYGWIN)
FIND_LIBRARY(CAIRO_LIBRARY
NAMES
cairo
HINTS
${_CAIRO_LIBDIR}
${_CAIRO_ROOT_HINTS_AND_PATHS}
PATH_SUFFIXES
"lib"
"local/lib"
)
MARK_AS_ADVANCED(CAIRO_LIBRARY)
# compat defines
SET(CAIRO_LIBRARIES ${CAIRO_LIBRARY})
ENDIF(WIN32 AND NOT CYGWIN)
# if (CAIRO_INCLUDE_DIR)
# file(READ "${CAIRO_INCLUDE_DIR}/gcore/gdal_version.h" _wxgisgdal_VERSION_H_CONTENTS)
# string(REGEX REPLACE ".*# define[ \t]+GDAL_RELEASE_NAME[ \t]+\"([0-9A-Za-z.]+)\".*"
# "\\1" CAIRO_VERSION ${_wxgisgdal_VERSION_H_CONTENTS})
# set(CAIRO_VERSION ${CAIRO_VERSION} CACHE INTERNAL "The version number for wxgisgdal libraries")
# endif (CAIRO_INCLUDE_DIR)
include(FindPackageHandleStandardArgs)
# if (CAIRO_VERSION)
# find_package_handle_standard_args(CAIRO
# REQUIRED_VARS
# CAIRO_LIBRARIES
# CAIRO_INCLUDE_DIR
# VERSION_VAR
# CAIRO_VERSION
# FAIL_MESSAGE
# "Could NOT find CAIRO, try to set the path to CAIRO root folder in the system variable CAIRO_ROOT_DIR"
# )
# else (CAIRO_VERSION)
find_package_handle_standard_args(CAIRO "Could NOT find CAIRO, try to set the path to CAIRO root folder in the system variable CAIRO"
CAIRO_LIBRARIES
CAIRO_INCLUDE_DIR
)
# endif (CAIRO_VERSION)
MARK_AS_ADVANCED(CAIRO_INCLUDE_DIR CAIRO_LIBRARIES)

109
CMakeModules/FindGLEW.cmake Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
# Copyright (c) 2009 Boudewijn Rempt <boud@valdyas.org>
#
# Redistribution and use is allowed according to the terms of the BSD license.
# For details see the accompanying COPYING-CMAKE-SCRIPTS file.
#
# - try to find glew library and include files
# GLEW_INCLUDE_DIR, where to find GL/glew.h, etc.
# GLEW_LIBRARIES, the libraries to link against
# GLEW_FOUND, If false, do not try to use GLEW.
# Also defined, but not for general use are:
# GLEW_GLEW_LIBRARY = the full path to the glew library.
IF (WIN32)
IF(CYGWIN)
FIND_PATH( GLEW_INCLUDE_DIR GL/glew.h)
FIND_LIBRARY( GLEW_GLEW_LIBRARY glew32
${OPENGL_LIBRARY_DIR}
/usr/lib/w32api
/usr/X11R6/lib
)
ELSE(CYGWIN)
FIND_PATH( GLEW_INCLUDE_DIR GL/glew.h
$ENV{GLEW_ROOT_PATH}/include
)
FIND_LIBRARY( GLEW_GLEW_LIBRARY
NAMES glew glew32 glew32s
PATHS
$ENV{GLEW_ROOT_PATH}/lib
${OPENGL_LIBRARY_DIR}
)
ENDIF(CYGWIN)
ELSE (WIN32)
IF (APPLE)
# These values for Apple could probably do with improvement.
FIND_PATH( GLEW_INCLUDE_DIR GL/glew.h
/System/Library/Frameworks/GLEW.framework/Versions/A/Headers
/opt/local/include
${OPENGL_LIBRARY_DIR}
)
FIND_LIBRARY( GLEW_GLEW_LIBRARY GLEW
/opt/local/lib
)
ELSE (APPLE)
FIND_PATH( GLEW_INCLUDE_DIR GL/glew.h
/usr/include/GL
/usr/openwin/share/include
/usr/openwin/include
/usr/X11R6/include
/usr/include/X11
/opt/graphics/OpenGL/include
/opt/graphics/OpenGL/contrib/libglew
)
FIND_LIBRARY( GLEW_GLEW_LIBRARY GLEW
/usr/openwin/lib
/usr/X11R6/lib
)
ENDIF (APPLE)
ENDIF (WIN32)
SET( GLEW_FOUND "NO" )
IF(GLEW_INCLUDE_DIR)
IF(GLEW_GLEW_LIBRARY)
# Is -lXi and -lXmu required on all platforms that have it?
# If not, we need some way to figure out what platform we are on.
SET( GLEW_LIBRARIES
${GLEW_GLEW_LIBRARY}
${GLEW_cocoa_LIBRARY}
)
SET( GLEW_FOUND "YES" )
#The following deprecated settings are for backwards compatibility with CMake1.4
SET (GLEW_LIBRARY ${GLEW_LIBRARIES})
SET (GLEW_INCLUDE_PATH ${GLEW_INCLUDE_DIR})
ENDIF(GLEW_GLEW_LIBRARY)
ENDIF(GLEW_INCLUDE_DIR)
IF(GLEW_FOUND)
IF(NOT GLEW_FIND_QUIETLY)
MESSAGE(STATUS "Found Glew: ${GLEW_LIBRARIES}")
ENDIF(NOT GLEW_FIND_QUIETLY)
ELSE(GLEW_FOUND)
IF(GLEW_FIND_REQUIRED)
MESSAGE(FATAL_ERROR "Could not find Glew")
ENDIF(GLEW_FIND_REQUIRED)
ENDIF(GLEW_FOUND)
MARK_AS_ADVANCED(
GLEW_INCLUDE_DIR
GLEW_GLEW_LIBRARY
GLEW_Xmu_LIBRARY
GLEW_Xi_LIBRARY
)

View File

@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
# CMake script file to process a GLSL source file, so it can be included
# in C array and compiled in to an application.
# number of input files
list( LENGTH inputFiles shadersNumber )
# check if GLSL source files were updated since the last time
set( update "FALSE" )
foreach( inputFile ${inputFiles} )
if( ${inputFile} IS_NEWER_THAN ${outputFile} )
set( update "TRUE" )
endif( ${inputFile} IS_NEWER_THAN ${outputFile} )
endforeach( inputFile ${inputFiles} )
if( NOT update )
message( "Headers are up-to-date" )
return()
endif( NOT update )
# write header
file( WRITE ${outputFile} "// Do not edit this file, it is autogenerated by CMake.
#ifndef SHADER_SRC_H
#define SHADER_SRC_H
const unsigned int shaders_number = ${shadersNumber};
const char* shaders_src[] =
{\n" )
foreach( inputFile ${inputFiles} )
# put the input file name into the output file
file( APPEND ${outputFile} "\n// ${inputFile}" )
# process the input file
file( READ ${inputFile} contents )
# remove /* */ comments
string( REGEX REPLACE "/\\*.*\\*/" "" contents "${contents}" )
# remove // comments
string( REGEX REPLACE "//[^\n]*" "" contents "${contents}" )
# remove whitespaces at the beginning of each line
string( REGEX REPLACE "\n([\t ])*" "\n" contents "${contents}" )
# remove unnecessary spaces
string( REGEX REPLACE " *([\\*/+&\\|,=<>\(\)]) *" "\\1" contents "${contents}" )
# remove empty lines & wrap every line in "" and add '\n' at the end of each line
string( REGEX REPLACE "\n+" "\\\\n\"\n\"" contents "${contents}" )
# remove unnecessary " & \n from the beginning and the end of contents
string( REGEX REPLACE "^\\\\n\"" "" contents "${contents}" )
string( REGEX REPLACE "\"$" "," contents "${contents}" )
file( APPEND ${outputFile} "${contents}" )
endforeach( inputFile ${inputFiles} )
# write footer
file( APPEND ${outputFile} "};
#endif /* SHADER_SRC_H */" )

View File

@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
So, finally we've got an integrated interactive, push-and-sometimes-shove router, although with a very limited user interface:
- Edit->Interactive router launches the tool,
- while routing: 'V' key places a via,
- '+' and '-' keys cycle through available layers,
- '/' key switches track posture.
Via/track dimensions are taken from the netclasses.
There are no other options available for the time being - promise to add them soon :)
Tom

View File

@ -3,12 +3,65 @@ include_directories(BEFORE ${INC_BEFORE})
include_directories(
./dialogs
./dialog_about
${CAIRO_INCLUDE_DIR}
${GLEW_INCLUDE_DIR}
../3d-viewer
../pcbnew
../polygon
${INC_AFTER}
)
# Generate header files containing shader programs
# Order of input files is significant
add_custom_command(
OUTPUT gal/opengl/shader_src.h
COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND}
-DinputFiles="${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/common/gal/opengl/shader.vert\\;${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/common/gal/opengl/shader.frag"
-DoutputFile="shader_src.h"
-P ${CMAKE_MODULE_PATH}/Shaders.cmake
WORKING_DIRECTORY ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/common/gal/opengl
COMMENT "Generating headers containing GLSL source code"
)
add_custom_target(
shader_headers ALL
DEPENDS gal/opengl/shader_src.h
)
set(GAL_SRCS
# Common part
drawpanel_gal.cpp
painter.cpp
worksheet_viewitem.cpp
gal/graphics_abstraction_layer.cpp
gal/stroke_font.cpp
gal/color4d.cpp
view/wx_view_controls.cpp
# OpenGL GAL
gal/opengl/opengl_gal.cpp
gal/opengl/shader.cpp
gal/opengl/vertex_item.cpp
gal/opengl/vertex_container.cpp
gal/opengl/cached_container.cpp
gal/opengl/noncached_container.cpp
gal/opengl/vertex_manager.cpp
gal/opengl/gpu_manager.cpp
gal/opengl/opengl_compositor.cpp
# Cairo GAL
gal/cairo/cairo_gal.cpp
gal/cairo/cairo_compositor.cpp
)
add_library(gal STATIC ${GAL_SRCS})
add_dependencies(gal shader_headers)
# Only for win32 cross compilation using MXE
if(WIN32 AND MSYS)
add_definitions(-DGLEW_STATIC)
endif(WIN32 AND MSYS)
set(COMMON_ABOUT_DLG_SRCS
dialog_about/AboutDialog_main.cpp
dialog_about/dialog_about.cpp
@ -95,6 +148,32 @@ set(COMMON_SRCS
zoom.cpp
)
enable_language(C CXX ASM)
set_source_files_properties(system/fcontext.s PROPERTIES COMPILE_FLAGS "-x assembler-with-cpp")
set(COMMON_SRCS
${COMMON_SRCS}
view/view.cpp
view/view_item.cpp
view/view_group.cpp
math/math_util.cpp
system/fcontext.s
tool/tool_base.cpp
tool/tool_manager.cpp
tool/tool_dispatcher.cpp
tool/tool_event.cpp
tool/tool_interactive.cpp
tool/action_manager.cpp
tool/context_menu.cpp
geometry/seg.cpp
geometry/shape_line_chain.cpp
geometry/shape_collisions.cpp
geometry/shape_index.cpp
)
add_library(common STATIC ${COMMON_SRCS})
set(PCB_COMMON_SRCS
@ -151,6 +230,10 @@ set(PCB_COMMON_SRCS
fp_lib_table.cpp
)
set(PCB_COMMON_SRCS
${PCB_COMMON_SRCS}
../pcbnew/pcb_painter.cpp
)
# add -DPCBNEW to compilation of these PCBNEW sources
set_source_files_properties( ${PCB_COMMON_SRCS} PROPERTIES

View File

@ -38,6 +38,10 @@
#include "../eeschema/dialogs/dialog_schematic_find.h"
const wxString traceFindReplace( wxT( "KicadFindReplace" ) );
enum textbox {
ID_TEXTBOX_LIST = 8010
};
@ -190,8 +194,28 @@ bool EDA_ITEM::Replace( wxFindReplaceData& aSearchData, wxString& aText )
wxCHECK_MSG( IsReplaceable(), false,
wxT( "Attempt to replace text in <" ) + GetClass() + wxT( "> item." ) );
return aText.Replace( aSearchData.GetFindString(),
aSearchData.GetReplaceString(), false ) != 0;
wxString searchString = (aSearchData.GetFlags() & wxFR_MATCHCASE) ? aText.Upper() : aText;
int result = searchString.Find( (aSearchData.GetFlags() & wxFR_MATCHCASE) ?
aSearchData.GetFindString() :
aSearchData.GetFindString().Upper() );
if( result == wxNOT_FOUND )
return false;
wxString prefix = aText.Left( result );
wxString suffix;
if( aSearchData.GetFindString().length() + result < aText.length() )
suffix = aText.Right( aText.length() - ( aSearchData.GetFindString().length() + result ) );
wxLogTrace( traceFindReplace, wxT( "Replacing '%s', prefix '%s', replace '%s', suffix '%s'." ),
GetChars( aText ), GetChars( prefix ), GetChars( aSearchData.GetReplaceString() ),
GetChars( suffix ) );
aText = prefix + aSearchData.GetReplaceString() + suffix;
return true;
}
@ -222,6 +246,22 @@ EDA_ITEM& EDA_ITEM::operator=( const EDA_ITEM& aItem )
}
const BOX2I EDA_ITEM::ViewBBox() const
{
// Basic fallback
return BOX2I( VECTOR2I( GetBoundingBox().GetOrigin() ),
VECTOR2I( GetBoundingBox().GetSize() ) );
}
void EDA_ITEM::ViewGetLayers( int aLayers[], int& aCount ) const
{
// Basic fallback
aCount = 1;
aLayers[0] = 0;
}
#if defined(DEBUG)
// A function that should have been in wxWidgets

View File

@ -35,6 +35,7 @@
#include <macros.h>
#include <id.h>
#include <class_drawpanel.h>
#include <class_drawpanel_gal.h>
#include <class_base_screen.h>
#include <msgpanel.h>
#include <wxstruct.h>
@ -42,10 +43,11 @@
#include <kicad_device_context.h>
#include <dialog_helpers.h>
#include <base_units.h>
#include <vector2d.h>
#include <math/box2.h>
#include <wx/fontdlg.h>
#include <view/view.h>
#include <gal/graphics_abstraction_layer.h>
/**
* Definition for enabling and disabling scroll bar setting trace output. See the
@ -100,6 +102,8 @@ EDA_DRAW_FRAME::EDA_DRAW_FRAME( wxWindow* aParent,
m_HotkeysZoomAndGridList = NULL;
m_canvas = NULL;
m_galCanvas = NULL;
m_galCanvasActive = false;
m_messagePanel = NULL;
m_currentScreen = NULL;
m_toolId = ID_NO_TOOL_SELECTED;
@ -224,6 +228,12 @@ void EDA_DRAW_FRAME::SkipNextLeftButtonReleaseEvent()
void EDA_DRAW_FRAME::OnToggleGridState( wxCommandEvent& aEvent )
{
SetGridVisibility( !IsGridVisible() );
if( m_galCanvasActive )
{
m_galCanvas->GetGAL()->SetGridVisibility( IsGridVisible() );
m_galCanvas->GetView()->MarkTargetDirty( KIGFX::TARGET_NONCACHED );
}
m_canvas->Refresh();
}
@ -376,7 +386,15 @@ void EDA_DRAW_FRAME::OnSelectGrid( wxCommandEvent& event )
m_LastGridSizeId = id - ID_POPUP_GRID_LEVEL_1000;
screen->SetGrid( id );
SetCrossHairPosition( RefPos( true ) );
Refresh();
if( m_galCanvasActive )
{
m_galCanvas->GetGAL()->SetGridSize( VECTOR2D( screen->GetGrid().m_Size.x,
screen->GetGrid().m_Size.y ) );
m_galCanvas->GetView()->MarkTargetDirty( KIGFX::TARGET_NONCACHED );
}
m_canvas->Refresh();
}
@ -403,7 +421,21 @@ void EDA_DRAW_FRAME::OnSelectZoom( wxCommandEvent& event )
return;
GetScreen()->SetZoom( selectedZoom );
RedrawScreen( GetScrollCenterPosition(), false );
if( m_galCanvasActive )
{
// Apply computed view settings to GAL
KIGFX::VIEW* view = m_galCanvas->GetView();
KIGFX::GAL* gal = m_galCanvas->GetGAL();
double zoomFactor = gal->GetWorldScale() / gal->GetZoomFactor();
double zoom = 1.0 / ( zoomFactor * GetZoom() );
view->SetScale( zoom );
m_galCanvas->Refresh();
}
else
RedrawScreen( GetScrollCenterPosition(), false );
}
}
@ -738,7 +770,7 @@ void EDA_DRAW_FRAME::AdjustScrollBars( const wxPoint& aCenterPositionIU )
DSIZE clientSizeIU( clientSizeDU.x / scale, clientSizeDU.y / scale );
// Full drawing or "page" rectangle in internal units
DBOX pageRectIU( 0, 0, GetPageSizeIU().x, GetPageSizeIU().y );
DBOX pageRectIU( wxPoint( 0, 0 ), wxSize( GetPageSizeIU().x, GetPageSizeIU().y ) );
// The upper left corner of the client rectangle in internal units.
double xIU = aCenterPositionIU.x - clientSizeIU.x / 2.0;
@ -748,11 +780,11 @@ void EDA_DRAW_FRAME::AdjustScrollBars( const wxPoint& aCenterPositionIU )
if( screen->m_Center )
{
// half page offset.
xIU += pageRectIU.width / 2.0;
yIU += pageRectIU.height / 2.0;
xIU += pageRectIU.GetWidth() / 2.0;
yIU += pageRectIU.GetHeight() / 2.0;
}
DBOX clientRectIU( xIU, yIU, clientSizeIU.x, clientSizeIU.y );
DBOX clientRectIU( wxPoint( xIU, yIU ), wxSize( clientSizeIU.x, clientSizeIU.y ) );
wxPoint centerPositionIU;
// put "int" limits on the clientRect
@ -765,13 +797,13 @@ void EDA_DRAW_FRAME::AdjustScrollBars( const wxPoint& aCenterPositionIU )
if( clientRectIU.GetBottom() > VIRT_MAX )
clientRectIU.MoveBottomTo( VIRT_MAX );
centerPositionIU.x = KiROUND( clientRectIU.x + clientRectIU.width/2 );
centerPositionIU.y = KiROUND( clientRectIU.y + clientRectIU.height/2 );
centerPositionIU.x = KiROUND( clientRectIU.GetX() + clientRectIU.GetWidth() / 2 );
centerPositionIU.y = KiROUND( clientRectIU.GetY() + clientRectIU.GetHeight() / 2 );
if( screen->m_Center )
{
centerPositionIU.x -= KiROUND( pageRectIU.width / 2.0 );
centerPositionIU.y -= KiROUND( pageRectIU.height / 2.0 );
centerPositionIU.x -= KiROUND( pageRectIU.GetWidth() / 2.0 );
centerPositionIU.y -= KiROUND( pageRectIU.GetHeight() / 2.0 );
}
DSIZE virtualSizeIU;
@ -782,26 +814,26 @@ void EDA_DRAW_FRAME::AdjustScrollBars( const wxPoint& aCenterPositionIU )
}
else
{
double pageCenterX = pageRectIU.x + ( pageRectIU.width / 2 );
double clientCenterX = clientRectIU.x + ( clientRectIU.width / 2 );
double pageCenterX = pageRectIU.GetX() + ( pageRectIU.GetWidth() / 2 );
double clientCenterX = clientRectIU.GetX() + ( clientRectIU.GetWidth() / 2 );
if( clientRectIU.width > pageRectIU.width )
if( clientRectIU.GetWidth() > pageRectIU.GetWidth() )
{
if( pageCenterX > clientCenterX )
virtualSizeIU.x = ( pageCenterX - clientRectIU.GetLeft() ) * 2;
else if( pageCenterX < clientCenterX )
virtualSizeIU.x = ( clientRectIU.GetRight() - pageCenterX ) * 2;
else
virtualSizeIU.x = clientRectIU.width;
virtualSizeIU.x = clientRectIU.GetWidth();
}
else
{
if( pageCenterX > clientCenterX )
virtualSizeIU.x = pageRectIU.width + ( (pageRectIU.GetLeft() - clientRectIU.GetLeft() ) * 2 );
virtualSizeIU.x = pageRectIU.GetWidth() + ( (pageRectIU.GetLeft() - clientRectIU.GetLeft() ) * 2 );
else if( pageCenterX < clientCenterX )
virtualSizeIU.x = pageRectIU.width + ( (clientRectIU.GetRight() - pageRectIU.GetRight() ) * 2 );
virtualSizeIU.x = pageRectIU.GetWidth() + ( (clientRectIU.GetRight() - pageRectIU.GetRight() ) * 2 );
else
virtualSizeIU.x = pageRectIU.width;
virtualSizeIU.x = pageRectIU.GetWidth();
}
}
@ -811,28 +843,28 @@ void EDA_DRAW_FRAME::AdjustScrollBars( const wxPoint& aCenterPositionIU )
}
else
{
double pageCenterY = pageRectIU.y + ( pageRectIU.height / 2 );
double clientCenterY = clientRectIU.y + ( clientRectIU.height / 2 );
double pageCenterY = pageRectIU.GetY() + ( pageRectIU.GetHeight() / 2 );
double clientCenterY = clientRectIU.GetY() + ( clientRectIU.GetHeight() / 2 );
if( clientRectIU.height > pageRectIU.height )
if( clientRectIU.GetHeight() > pageRectIU.GetHeight() )
{
if( pageCenterY > clientCenterY )
virtualSizeIU.y = ( pageCenterY - clientRectIU.GetTop() ) * 2;
else if( pageCenterY < clientCenterY )
virtualSizeIU.y = ( clientRectIU.GetBottom() - pageCenterY ) * 2;
else
virtualSizeIU.y = clientRectIU.height;
virtualSizeIU.y = clientRectIU.GetHeight();
}
else
{
if( pageCenterY > clientCenterY )
virtualSizeIU.y = pageRectIU.height +
virtualSizeIU.y = pageRectIU.GetHeight() +
( ( pageRectIU.GetTop() - clientRectIU.GetTop() ) * 2 );
else if( pageCenterY < clientCenterY )
virtualSizeIU.y = pageRectIU.height +
virtualSizeIU.y = pageRectIU.GetHeight() +
( ( clientRectIU.GetBottom() - pageRectIU.GetBottom() ) * 2 );
else
virtualSizeIU.y = pageRectIU.height;
virtualSizeIU.y = pageRectIU.GetHeight();
}
}
@ -847,8 +879,8 @@ void EDA_DRAW_FRAME::AdjustScrollBars( const wxPoint& aCenterPositionIU )
}
else
{
screen->m_DrawOrg.x = -KiROUND( ( virtualSizeIU.x - pageRectIU.width ) / 2.0 );
screen->m_DrawOrg.y = -KiROUND( ( virtualSizeIU.y - pageRectIU.height ) / 2.0 );
screen->m_DrawOrg.x = -KiROUND( ( virtualSizeIU.x - pageRectIU.GetWidth() ) / 2.0 );
screen->m_DrawOrg.y = -KiROUND( ( virtualSizeIU.y - pageRectIU.GetHeight() ) / 2.0 );
}
/* Always set scrollbar pixels per unit to 1 unless you want the zoom
@ -867,8 +899,8 @@ void EDA_DRAW_FRAME::AdjustScrollBars( const wxPoint& aCenterPositionIU )
// center position at the center of client rectangle.
SetScrollCenterPosition( centerPositionIU );
double posX = centerPositionIU.x - clientRectIU.width /2.0 - screen->m_DrawOrg.x;
double posY = centerPositionIU.y - clientRectIU.height/2.0 - screen->m_DrawOrg.y;
double posX = centerPositionIU.x - clientRectIU.GetWidth() / 2.0 - screen->m_DrawOrg.x;
double posY = centerPositionIU.y - clientRectIU.GetHeight() / 2.0 - screen->m_DrawOrg.y;
// Convert scroll bar position to device units.
posX = KiROUND( posX * scale );
@ -919,6 +951,61 @@ void EDA_DRAW_FRAME::AdjustScrollBars( const wxPoint& aCenterPositionIU )
screen->m_ScrollbarPos.y, noRefresh );
}
void EDA_DRAW_FRAME::UseGalCanvas( bool aEnable )
{
KIGFX::VIEW* view = m_galCanvas->GetView();
KIGFX::GAL* gal = m_galCanvas->GetGAL();
double zoomFactor = gal->GetWorldScale() / gal->GetZoomFactor();
// Display the same view after canvas switching
if( aEnable )
{
BASE_SCREEN* screen = GetScreen();
// Switch to GAL rendering
if( !m_galCanvasActive )
{
// Set up viewport
double zoom = 1.0 / ( zoomFactor * m_canvas->GetZoom() );
view->SetScale( zoom );
view->SetCenter( VECTOR2D( m_canvas->GetScreenCenterLogicalPosition() ) );
}
// Set up grid settings
gal->SetGridVisibility( IsGridVisible() );
gal->SetGridSize( VECTOR2D( screen->GetGridSize().x, screen->GetGridSize().y ) );
gal->SetGridOrigin( VECTOR2D( GetGridOrigin() ) );
}
else
{
// Switch to standard rendering
if( m_galCanvasActive )
{
// Change view settings only if GAL was active previously
double zoom = 1.0 / ( zoomFactor * view->GetScale() );
m_canvas->SetZoom( zoom );
VECTOR2D center = view->GetCenter();
RedrawScreen( wxPoint( center.x, center.y ), false );
}
}
m_canvas->SetEvtHandlerEnabled( !aEnable );
m_galCanvas->SetEvtHandlerEnabled( aEnable );
// Switch panes
m_auimgr.GetPane( wxT( "DrawFrame" ) ).Show( !aEnable );
m_auimgr.GetPane( wxT( "DrawFrameGal" ) ).Show( aEnable );
m_auimgr.Update();
m_galCanvasActive = aEnable;
if( aEnable )
m_galCanvas->SetFocus();
}
//-----< BASE_SCREEN API moved here >--------------------------------------------
wxPoint EDA_DRAW_FRAME::GetCrossHairPosition( bool aInvertY ) const
@ -986,4 +1073,3 @@ void EDA_DRAW_FRAME::SetScrollCenterPosition( const wxPoint& aPoint )
}
//-----</BASE_SCREEN API moved here >--------------------------------------------

View File

@ -34,6 +34,7 @@
#include <macros.h>
#include <id.h>
#include <class_drawpanel.h>
#include <class_drawpanel_gal.h>
#include <class_base_screen.h>
#include <wxstruct.h>
@ -84,10 +85,17 @@ END_EVENT_TABLE()
EDA_DRAW_PANEL::EDA_DRAW_PANEL( EDA_DRAW_FRAME* parent, int id,
const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size ) :
#if wxCHECK_VERSION( 2, 9, 5 )
wxScrolledWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxBORDER | wxHSCROLL | wxVSCROLL )
#else
wxScrolledWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxBORDER | wxHSCROLL | wxVSCROLL | wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB )
#endif
{
wxASSERT( parent );
#if wxCHECK_VERSION( 2, 9, 5 )
ShowScrollbars( wxSHOW_SB_ALWAYS, wxSHOW_SB_ALWAYS );
#endif
m_scrollIncrementX = std::min( size.x / 8, 10 );
m_scrollIncrementY = std::min( size.y / 8, 10 );
@ -288,6 +296,19 @@ void EDA_DRAW_PANEL::RefreshDrawingRect( const EDA_RECT& aRect, bool aEraseBackg
}
void EDA_DRAW_PANEL::Refresh( bool eraseBackground, const wxRect* rect )
{
if( GetParent()->IsGalCanvasActive() )
{
GetParent()->GetGalCanvas()->Refresh();
}
else
{
wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( eraseBackground, rect );
}
}
wxPoint EDA_DRAW_PANEL::GetScreenCenterLogicalPosition()
{
wxSize size = GetClientSize() / 2;

251
common/drawpanel_gal.cpp Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
/*
* This program source code file is part of KiCad, a free EDA CAD application.
*
* Copyright (C) 2013 CERN
* @author Tomasz Wlostowski <tomasz.wlostowski@cern.ch>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
* as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
* of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, you may find one here:
* http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.html
* or you may search the http://www.gnu.org website for the version 2 license,
* or you may write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
* 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
*/
#include <wx/wx.h>
#include <wx/frame.h>
#include <wx/window.h>
#include <wx/event.h>
#include <wx/colour.h>
#include <wx/filename.h>
#include <class_drawpanel_gal.h>
#include <view/view.h>
#include <view/wx_view_controls.h>
#include <pcb_painter.h>
#include <gal/graphics_abstraction_layer.h>
#include <gal/opengl/opengl_gal.h>
#include <gal/cairo/cairo_gal.h>
#include <tool/tool_dispatcher.h>
#include <tool/tool_manager.h>
#ifdef __WXDEBUG__
#include <profile.h>
#endif /* __WXDEBUG__ */
#define METRIC_UNIT_LENGTH (1e9)
EDA_DRAW_PANEL_GAL::EDA_DRAW_PANEL_GAL( wxWindow* aParentWindow, wxWindowID aWindowId,
const wxPoint& aPosition, const wxSize& aSize,
GalType aGalType ) :
wxWindow( aParentWindow, aWindowId, aPosition, aSize )
{
m_gal = NULL;
m_currentGal = GAL_TYPE_NONE;
m_view = NULL;
m_painter = NULL;
m_eventDispatcher = NULL;
SwitchBackend( aGalType );
SetBackgroundStyle( wxBG_STYLE_CUSTOM );
// Initial display settings
m_gal->SetLookAtPoint( VECTOR2D( 0, 0 ) );
m_gal->SetZoomFactor( 1.0 );
m_gal->ComputeWorldScreenMatrix();
m_painter = new KIGFX::PCB_PAINTER( m_gal );
m_view = new KIGFX::VIEW( true );
m_view->SetPainter( m_painter );
m_view->SetGAL( m_gal );
m_viewControls = new KIGFX::WX_VIEW_CONTROLS( m_view, this );
Connect( wxEVT_PAINT, wxPaintEventHandler( EDA_DRAW_PANEL_GAL::onPaint ), NULL, this );
Connect( wxEVT_SIZE, wxSizeEventHandler( EDA_DRAW_PANEL_GAL::onSize ), NULL, this );
/* Generic events for the Tool Dispatcher */
Connect( wxEVT_MOTION, wxEventHandler( EDA_DRAW_PANEL_GAL::onEvent ), NULL, this );
Connect( wxEVT_LEFT_UP, wxEventHandler( EDA_DRAW_PANEL_GAL::onEvent ), NULL, this );
Connect( wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN, wxEventHandler( EDA_DRAW_PANEL_GAL::onEvent ), NULL, this );
Connect( wxEVT_RIGHT_UP, wxEventHandler( EDA_DRAW_PANEL_GAL::onEvent ), NULL, this );
Connect( wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN, wxEventHandler( EDA_DRAW_PANEL_GAL::onEvent ), NULL, this );
Connect( wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP, wxEventHandler( EDA_DRAW_PANEL_GAL::onEvent ), NULL, this );
Connect( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN, wxEventHandler( EDA_DRAW_PANEL_GAL::onEvent ), NULL, this );
Connect( wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL, wxEventHandler( EDA_DRAW_PANEL_GAL::onEvent ), NULL, this );
Connect( wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK, wxEventHandler( EDA_DRAW_PANEL_GAL::skipEvent ) );
Connect( wxEVT_KEY_UP, wxEventHandler( EDA_DRAW_PANEL_GAL::onEvent ), NULL, this );
Connect( wxEVT_KEY_DOWN, wxEventHandler( EDA_DRAW_PANEL_GAL::onEvent ), NULL, this );
Connect( wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW, wxEventHandler( EDA_DRAW_PANEL_GAL::onEnter ), NULL, this );
Connect( KIGFX::WX_VIEW_CONTROLS::EVT_REFRESH_MOUSE,
wxEventHandler( EDA_DRAW_PANEL_GAL::onEvent ), NULL, this );
m_refreshTimer.SetOwner( this );
Connect( wxEVT_TIMER, wxTimerEventHandler( EDA_DRAW_PANEL_GAL::onRefreshTimer ), NULL, this );
this->SetFocus();
}
EDA_DRAW_PANEL_GAL::~EDA_DRAW_PANEL_GAL()
{
if( m_painter )
delete m_painter;
if( m_viewControls )
delete m_viewControls;
if( m_view )
delete m_view;
if( m_gal )
delete m_gal;
}
void EDA_DRAW_PANEL_GAL::onPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED( aEvent ) )
{
m_pendingRefresh = false;
m_lastRefresh = wxGetLocalTimeMillis();
m_gal->BeginDrawing();
m_gal->SetBackgroundColor( KIGFX::COLOR4D( 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 1.0 ) );
m_gal->ClearScreen();
m_view->ClearTargets();
// Grid has to be redrawn only when the NONCACHED target is redrawn
if( m_view->IsTargetDirty( KIGFX::TARGET_NONCACHED ) )
m_gal->DrawGrid();
m_view->Redraw();
m_gal->DrawCursor( m_viewControls->GetCursorPosition() );
m_gal->EndDrawing();
}
void EDA_DRAW_PANEL_GAL::onSize( wxSizeEvent& aEvent )
{
m_gal->ResizeScreen( aEvent.GetSize().x, aEvent.GetSize().y );
m_view->MarkTargetDirty( KIGFX::TARGET_CACHED );
m_view->MarkTargetDirty( KIGFX::TARGET_NONCACHED );
}
void EDA_DRAW_PANEL_GAL::onRefreshTimer( wxTimerEvent& aEvent )
{
wxPaintEvent redrawEvent;
wxPostEvent( this, redrawEvent );
}
void EDA_DRAW_PANEL_GAL::Refresh( bool eraseBackground, const wxRect* rect )
{
if( m_pendingRefresh )
return;
wxLongLong t = wxGetLocalTimeMillis();
wxLongLong delta = t - m_lastRefresh;
if( delta >= MinRefreshPeriod )
{
wxPaintEvent redrawEvent;
wxPostEvent( this, redrawEvent );
m_pendingRefresh = true;
}
else
{
// One shot timer
m_refreshTimer.Start( ( MinRefreshPeriod - delta ).ToLong(), true );
m_pendingRefresh = true;
}
}
void EDA_DRAW_PANEL_GAL::SwitchBackend( GalType aGalType )
{
// Protect from refreshing during backend switch
m_pendingRefresh = true;
m_refreshTimer.Stop();
// Do not do anything if the currently used GAL is correct
if( aGalType == m_currentGal && m_gal != NULL )
return;
delete m_gal;
switch( aGalType )
{
case GAL_TYPE_OPENGL:
m_gal = new KIGFX::OPENGL_GAL( this, this, this );
break;
case GAL_TYPE_CAIRO:
m_gal = new KIGFX::CAIRO_GAL( this, this, this );
break;
case GAL_TYPE_NONE:
return;
}
m_gal->SetWorldUnitLength( 1.0 / METRIC_UNIT_LENGTH * 2.54 ); // 1 inch in nanometers
m_gal->SetScreenDPI( 106 ); // Display resolution setting
m_gal->ComputeWorldScreenMatrix();
wxSize size = GetClientSize();
m_gal->ResizeScreen( size.GetX(), size.GetY() );
if( m_painter )
m_painter->SetGAL( m_gal );
if( m_view )
{
m_view->SetGAL( m_gal );
m_view->RecacheAllItems( true );
}
m_currentGal = aGalType;
m_pendingRefresh = false;
}
void EDA_DRAW_PANEL_GAL::onEvent( wxEvent& aEvent )
{
if( !m_eventDispatcher )
{
aEvent.Skip();
return;
}
else
{
m_eventDispatcher->DispatchWxEvent( aEvent );
}
Refresh();
}
void EDA_DRAW_PANEL_GAL::onEnter( wxEvent& aEvent )
{
// Getting focus is necessary in order to receive key events properly
SetFocus();
}
void EDA_DRAW_PANEL_GAL::skipEvent( wxEvent& aEvent )
{
// This is necessary for CHAR_HOOK event to generate KEY_UP and KEY_DOWN events
aEvent.Skip();
}

View File

@ -32,6 +32,13 @@
#include <trigo.h> // RotatePoint
#include <class_drawpanel.h> // EDA_DRAW_PANEL
// until bzr rev 4410, Y position of vertical justification
// of multiline texts was incorrectly calculated for BOTTOM
// and CENTER vertical justification. (Only the first line was justified)
// If this line is left uncommented, the bug is fixed, but
// creates a (very minor) issue for existing texts, mainly in Pcbnew
// because the text position is sometimes critical.
#define FIX_MULTILINE_VERT_JUSTIF
// Conversion to application internal units defined at build time.
#if defined( PCBNEW )
@ -90,6 +97,16 @@ int EDA_TEXT::LenSize( const wxString& aLine ) const
return ReturnGraphicTextWidth( aLine, m_Size.x, m_Italic, m_Bold );
}
/**
* Function GetInterline
* return the distance between 2 text lines
* has meaning only for multiline texts
*/
int EDA_TEXT::GetInterline( int aTextThickness ) const
{
int thickness = aTextThickness <= 0 ? m_Thickness : aTextThickness;
return (( m_Size.y * 14 ) / 10) + thickness;
}
EDA_RECT EDA_TEXT::GetTextBox( int aLine, int aThickness, bool aInvertY ) const
{
@ -98,6 +115,7 @@ EDA_RECT EDA_TEXT::GetTextBox( int aLine, int aThickness, bool aInvertY ) const
wxArrayString* list = NULL;
wxString text = m_Text;
int thickness = ( aThickness < 0 ) ? m_Thickness : aThickness;
int linecount = 1;
if( m_MultilineAllowed )
{
@ -109,12 +127,14 @@ EDA_RECT EDA_TEXT::GetTextBox( int aLine, int aThickness, bool aInvertY ) const
text = list->Item( aLine );
else
text = list->Item( 0 );
linecount = list->GetCount();
}
}
// calculate the H and V size
int dx = LenSize( text );
int dy = GetInterline();
int dy = GetInterline( aThickness );
/* Creates bounding box (rectangle) for an horizontal text */
wxSize textsize = wxSize( dx, dy );
@ -175,7 +195,7 @@ EDA_RECT EDA_TEXT::GetTextBox( int aLine, int aThickness, bool aInvertY ) const
break;
case GR_TEXT_VJUSTIFY_CENTER:
rect.SetY( rect.GetY() - (dy / 2) );
rect.SetY( rect.GetY() - ( dy / 2) );
break;
case GR_TEXT_VJUSTIFY_BOTTOM:
@ -183,6 +203,30 @@ EDA_RECT EDA_TEXT::GetTextBox( int aLine, int aThickness, bool aInvertY ) const
break;
}
if( linecount > 1 )
{
#ifdef FIX_MULTILINE_VERT_JUSTIF
int yoffset;
linecount -= 1;
switch( m_VJustify )
{
case GR_TEXT_VJUSTIFY_TOP:
break;
case GR_TEXT_VJUSTIFY_CENTER:
yoffset = linecount * GetInterline() / 2;
rect.SetY( rect.GetY() - yoffset );
break;
case GR_TEXT_VJUSTIFY_BOTTOM:
yoffset = linecount * GetInterline( aThickness );
rect.SetY( rect.GetY() - yoffset );
break;
}
#endif
}
rect.Inflate( thickness / 2 );
rect.Normalize(); // Make h and v sizes always >= 0
@ -227,15 +271,31 @@ void EDA_TEXT::Draw( EDA_RECT* aClipBox, wxDC* aDC, const wxPoint& aOffset,
offset.y = GetInterline();
#ifdef FIX_MULTILINE_VERT_JUSTIF
if( list->Count() > 1 )
{
switch( m_VJustify )
{
case GR_TEXT_VJUSTIFY_TOP:
break;
case GR_TEXT_VJUSTIFY_CENTER:
pos.y -= ( list->Count() - 1 ) * offset.y / 2;
break;
case GR_TEXT_VJUSTIFY_BOTTOM:
pos.y -= ( list->Count() - 1 ) * offset.y;
break;
}
}
#endif
RotatePoint( &offset, m_Orient );
for( unsigned i = 0; i<list->Count(); i++ )
{
wxString txt = list->Item( i );
drawOneLineOfText( aClipBox, aDC, aOffset, aColor,
aDrawMode, aFillMode,
i ? UNSPECIFIED_COLOR : aAnchor_color,
txt, pos );
aDrawMode, aFillMode, txt, pos );
pos += offset;
}
@ -243,15 +303,21 @@ void EDA_TEXT::Draw( EDA_RECT* aClipBox, wxDC* aDC, const wxPoint& aOffset,
}
else
drawOneLineOfText( aClipBox, aDC, aOffset, aColor,
aDrawMode, aFillMode,
aAnchor_color, m_Text, m_Pos );
aDrawMode, aFillMode, m_Text, m_Pos );
// Draw text anchor, if requested
if( aAnchor_color != UNSPECIFIED_COLOR )
{
GRDrawAnchor( aClipBox, aDC,
m_Pos.x + aOffset.x, m_Pos.y + aOffset.y,
DIM_ANCRE_TEXTE, aAnchor_color );
}
}
void EDA_TEXT::drawOneLineOfText( EDA_RECT* aClipBox, wxDC* aDC,
const wxPoint& aOffset, EDA_COLOR_T aColor,
GR_DRAWMODE aDrawMode, EDA_DRAW_MODE_T aFillMode,
EDA_COLOR_T aAnchor_color,
wxString& aText, wxPoint aPos )
{
int width = m_Thickness;
@ -262,14 +328,6 @@ void EDA_TEXT::drawOneLineOfText( EDA_RECT* aClipBox, wxDC* aDC,
if( aDrawMode != UNSPECIFIED_DRAWMODE )
GRSetDrawMode( aDC, aDrawMode );
// Draw text anchor, if requested
if( aAnchor_color != UNSPECIFIED_COLOR )
{
GRDrawAnchor( aClipBox, aDC,
aPos.x + aOffset.x, aPos.y + aOffset.y,
DIM_ANCRE_TEXTE, aAnchor_color );
}
if( aFillMode == SKETCH )
width = -width;

View File

@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
/*
* This program source code file is part of KiCad, a free EDA CAD application.
*
* Copyright (C) 2013 CERN
* @author Maciej Suminski <maciej.suminski@cern.ch>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
* as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
* of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, you may find one here:
* http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.html
* or you may search the http:O//www.gnu.org website for the version 2 license,
* or you may write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
* 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
*/
/**
* @file cairo_compositor.cpp
* @brief Class that handles multitarget rendering (ie. to different textures/surfaces) and
* later compositing into a single image (Cairo flavour).
*/
#include <gal/cairo/cairo_compositor.h>
#include <wx/log.h>
using namespace KIGFX;
CAIRO_COMPOSITOR::CAIRO_COMPOSITOR( cairo_t** aMainContext ) :
m_current( 0 ), m_currentContext( aMainContext ), m_mainContext( *aMainContext )
{
}
CAIRO_COMPOSITOR::~CAIRO_COMPOSITOR()
{
clean();
}
void CAIRO_COMPOSITOR::Initialize()
{
// Nothing has to be done
}
void CAIRO_COMPOSITOR::Resize( unsigned int aWidth, unsigned int aHeight )
{
clean();
m_width = aWidth;
m_height = aHeight;
m_stride = cairo_format_stride_for_width( CAIRO_FORMAT_ARGB32, m_width );
m_bufferSize = m_stride * m_height;
}
unsigned int CAIRO_COMPOSITOR::CreateBuffer()
{
// Pixel storage
BitmapPtr bitmap( new unsigned int[m_bufferSize] );
memset( bitmap.get(), 0x00, m_bufferSize * sizeof(int) );
// Create the Cairo surface
cairo_surface_t* surface = cairo_image_surface_create_for_data(
(unsigned char*) bitmap.get(),
CAIRO_FORMAT_ARGB32, m_width,
m_height, m_stride );
cairo_t* context = cairo_create( surface );
#ifdef __WXDEBUG__
cairo_status_t status = cairo_status( context );
wxASSERT_MSG( status == CAIRO_STATUS_SUCCESS, "Cairo context creation error" );
#endif /* __WXDEBUG__ */
// Set default settings for the buffer
cairo_set_antialias( context, CAIRO_ANTIALIAS_SUBPIXEL );
cairo_set_line_join( context, CAIRO_LINE_JOIN_ROUND );
cairo_set_line_cap( context, CAIRO_LINE_CAP_ROUND );
// Use the same transformation matrix as the main context
cairo_get_matrix( m_mainContext, &m_matrix );
cairo_set_matrix( context, &m_matrix );
// Store the new buffer
CAIRO_BUFFER buffer = { context, surface, bitmap };
m_buffers.push_back( buffer );
return usedBuffers();
}
void CAIRO_COMPOSITOR::SetBuffer( unsigned int aBufferHandle )
{
wxASSERT_MSG( aBufferHandle <= usedBuffers(), wxT( "Tried to use a not existing buffer" ) );
// Get currently used transformation matrix, so it can be applied to the new buffer
cairo_get_matrix( *m_currentContext, &m_matrix );
m_current = aBufferHandle - 1;
*m_currentContext = m_buffers[m_current].context;
// Apply the current transformation matrix
cairo_set_matrix( *m_currentContext, &m_matrix );
}
void CAIRO_COMPOSITOR::ClearBuffer()
{
// Clear the pixel storage
memset( m_buffers[m_current].bitmap.get(), 0x00, m_bufferSize * sizeof(int) );
}
void CAIRO_COMPOSITOR::DrawBuffer( unsigned int aBufferHandle )
{
wxASSERT_MSG( aBufferHandle <= usedBuffers(), wxT( "Tried to use a not existing buffer" ) );
// Reset the transformation matrix, so it is possible to composite images using
// screen coordinates instead of world coordinates
cairo_get_matrix( m_mainContext, &m_matrix );
cairo_identity_matrix( m_mainContext );
// Draw the selected buffer contents
cairo_set_source_surface( m_mainContext, m_buffers[aBufferHandle - 1].surface, 0.0, 0.0 );
cairo_paint( m_mainContext );
// Restore the transformation matrix
cairo_set_matrix( m_mainContext, &m_matrix );
}
void CAIRO_COMPOSITOR::clean()
{
CAIRO_BUFFERS::const_iterator it;
for( it = m_buffers.begin(); it != m_buffers.end(); ++it )
{
cairo_destroy( it->context );
cairo_surface_destroy( it->surface );
}
m_buffers.clear();
}

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

179
common/gal/color4d.cpp Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
/*
* This program source code file is part of KICAD, a free EDA CAD application.
*
* Copyright (C) 2012 Torsten Hueter, torstenhtr <at> gmx.de
* Copyright (C) 2012 Kicad Developers, see change_log.txt for contributors.
*
* Color class
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
* as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
* of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, you may find one here:
* http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.html
* or you may search the http://www.gnu.org website for the version 2 license,
* or you may write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
* 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
*/
#include <gal/color4d.h>
using namespace KIGFX;
COLOR4D::COLOR4D( EDA_COLOR_T aColor )
{
r = g_ColorRefs[aColor].m_Red / 255.0;
g = g_ColorRefs[aColor].m_Green / 255.0;
b = g_ColorRefs[aColor].m_Blue / 255.0;
a = 1.0;
}
#ifdef WX_COMPATIBILITY
COLOR4D::COLOR4D( const wxColour& aColor )
{
r = aColor.Red();
g = aColor.Green();
b = aColor.Blue();
a = aColor.Alpha();
}
#endif
const bool COLOR4D::operator==( const COLOR4D& aColor )
{
return a == aColor.a && r == aColor.r && g == aColor.g && b == aColor.b;
}
const bool COLOR4D::operator!=( const COLOR4D& aColor )
{
return a != aColor.a || r != aColor.r || g != aColor.g || b != aColor.b;
}
void COLOR4D::ToHSV( double& aOutH, double& aOutS, double& aOutV ) const
{
double min, max, delta;
min = r < g ? r : g;
min = min < b ? min : b;
max = r > g ? r : g;
max = max > b ? max : b;
aOutV = max; // v
delta = max - min;
if( max > 0.0 )
{
aOutS = ( delta / max ); // s
}
else
{
// r = g = b = 0 // s = 0, v is undefined
aOutS = 0.0;
aOutH = NAN; // its now undefined
return;
}
if( r >= max ) // > is bogus, just keeps compiler happy
aOutH = ( g - b ) / delta; // between yellow & magenta
else if( g >= max )
aOutH = 2.0 + ( b - r ) / delta; // between cyan & yellow
else
aOutH = 4.0 + ( r - g ) / delta; // between magenta & cyan
aOutH *= 60.0; // degrees
if( aOutH < 0.0 )
aOutH += 360.0;
}
void COLOR4D::FromHSV( double aInH, double aInS, double aInV )
{
double hh, p, q, t, ff;
long i;
if( aInS <= 0.0 ) // < is bogus, just shuts up warnings
{
r = aInV;
g = aInV;
b = aInV;
return;
}
hh = aInH;
if( hh >= 360.0 )
hh = 0.0;
hh /= 60.0;
i = (long) hh;
ff = hh - i;
p = aInV * ( 1.0 - aInS );
q = aInV * ( 1.0 - ( aInS * ff ) );
t = aInV * ( 1.0 - ( aInS * ( 1.0 - ff ) ) );
switch( i )
{
case 0:
r = aInV;
g = t;
b = p;
break;
case 1:
r = q;
g = aInV;
b = p;
break;
case 2:
r = p;
g = aInV;
b = t;
break;
case 3:
r = p;
g = q;
b = aInV;
break;
case 4:
r = t;
g = p;
b = aInV;
break;
case 5:
default:
r = aInV;
g = p;
b = q;
break;
}
}
COLOR4D& COLOR4D::Saturate( double aFactor )
{
double h, s, v;
ToHSV( h, s, v );
FromHSV( h, aFactor, 1.0 );
return *this;
}

View File

@ -0,0 +1,243 @@
/*
* This program source code file is part of KICAD, a free EDA CAD application.
*
* Copyright (C) 2012 Torsten Hueter, torstenhtr <at> gmx.de
* Copyright (C) 2012 Kicad Developers, see change_log.txt for contributors.
*
* Graphics Abstraction Layer (GAL) - base class
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
* as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
* of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, you may find one here:
* http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.html
* or you may search the http://www.gnu.org website for the version 2 license,
* or you may write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
* 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
*/
#include <wx/log.h>
#include <gal/graphics_abstraction_layer.h>
#include <gal/definitions.h>
using namespace KIGFX;
GAL::GAL() :
strokeFont( this )
{
// Set the default values for the internal variables
SetIsFill( false );
SetIsStroke( true );
SetFillColor( COLOR4D( 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 ) );
SetStrokeColor( COLOR4D( 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 ) );
SetZoomFactor( 1.0 );
SetDepthRange( VECTOR2D( GAL::MIN_DEPTH, GAL::MAX_DEPTH ) );
SetFlip( false, false );
SetLineWidth( 1.0 );
// Set grid defaults
SetGridVisibility( true );
SetGridStyle( GRID_STYLE_LINES );
SetGridOriginMarkerSize( 15 );
SetGridDrawThreshold( 10 );
SetCoarseGrid( 10 );
SetGridLineWidth( 0.5 );
// Initialize the cursor shape
SetCursorColor( COLOR4D( 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 ) );
SetCursorSize( 80 );
SetCursorEnabled( false );
strokeFont.LoadNewStrokeFont( newstroke_font, newstroke_font_bufsize );
}
GAL::~GAL()
{
}
void GAL::SetTextAttributes( const EDA_TEXT* aText )
{
strokeFont.SetGlyphSize( VECTOR2D( aText->GetSize() ) );
strokeFont.SetHorizontalJustify( aText->GetHorizJustify() );
strokeFont.SetVerticalJustify( aText->GetVertJustify() );
strokeFont.SetBold( aText->IsBold() );
strokeFont.SetItalic( aText->IsItalic() );
strokeFont.SetMirrored( aText->IsMirrored() );
}
void GAL::ComputeWorldScreenMatrix()
{
ComputeWorldScale();
worldScreenMatrix.SetIdentity();
MATRIX3x3D translation;
translation.SetIdentity();
translation.SetTranslation( 0.5 * screenSize );
MATRIX3x3D scale;
scale.SetIdentity();
scale.SetScale( VECTOR2D( worldScale, worldScale ) );
MATRIX3x3D flip;
flip.SetIdentity();
flip.SetScale( VECTOR2D( flipX, flipY ) );
MATRIX3x3D lookat;
lookat.SetIdentity();
lookat.SetTranslation( -lookAtPoint );
worldScreenMatrix = translation * flip * scale * lookat * worldScreenMatrix;
screenWorldMatrix = worldScreenMatrix.Inverse();
}
void GAL::DrawGrid()
{
if( !gridVisibility )
return;
SetTarget( TARGET_NONCACHED );
// Draw the origin marker
double origSize = static_cast<double>( gridOriginMarkerSize ) / worldScale;
SetLayerDepth( GAL::GRID_DEPTH );
SetIsFill( false );
SetIsStroke( true );
SetStrokeColor( COLOR4D( 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 ) );
SetLineWidth( gridLineWidth / worldScale );
DrawLine( gridOrigin + VECTOR2D( -origSize, -origSize ),
gridOrigin + VECTOR2D( origSize, origSize ) );
DrawLine( gridOrigin + VECTOR2D( -origSize, origSize ),
gridOrigin + VECTOR2D( origSize, -origSize ) );
DrawCircle( gridOrigin, origSize * 0.7 );
// Draw the grid
// For the drawing the start points, end points and increments have
// to be calculated in world coordinates
VECTOR2D worldStartPoint = screenWorldMatrix * VECTOR2D( 0.0, 0.0 );
VECTOR2D worldEndPoint = screenWorldMatrix * screenSize;
int gridScreenSizeDense = round( gridSize.x * worldScale );
int gridScreenSizeCoarse = round( gridSize.x * static_cast<double>( gridTick ) * worldScale );
// Compute the line marker or point radius of the grid
double marker = 2.0 * gridLineWidth / worldScale;
double doubleMarker = 2.0 * marker;
// Check if the grid would not be too dense
if( std::max( gridScreenSizeDense, gridScreenSizeCoarse ) > gridDrawThreshold )
{
// Compute grid variables
int gridStartX = round( worldStartPoint.x / gridSize.x );
int gridEndX = round( worldEndPoint.x / gridSize.x );
int gridStartY = round( worldStartPoint.y / gridSize.y );
int gridEndY = round( worldEndPoint.y / gridSize.y );
// Swap the coordinates, if they have not the right order
SWAP( gridEndX, <, gridStartX );
SWAP( gridEndY, <, gridStartY );
// Correct the index, else some lines are not correctly painted
gridStartX -= 1;
gridStartY -= 1;
gridEndX += 1;
gridEndY += 1;
// Draw the grid behind all other layers
SetLayerDepth( depthRange.y * 0.75 );
if( gridStyle == GRID_STYLE_LINES )
{
SetIsFill( false );
SetIsStroke( true );
SetStrokeColor( gridColor );
// Now draw the grid, every coarse grid line gets the double width
for( int j = gridStartY; j < gridEndY; j += 1 )
{
if( j % gridTick == 0 && gridScreenSizeDense > gridDrawThreshold )
SetLineWidth( doubleMarker );
else
SetLineWidth( marker );
if( ( j % gridTick == 0 && gridScreenSizeCoarse > gridDrawThreshold )
|| gridScreenSizeDense > gridDrawThreshold )
{
drawGridLine( VECTOR2D( gridStartX * gridSize.x, j * gridSize.y ),
VECTOR2D( gridEndX * gridSize.x, j * gridSize.y ) );
}
}
for( int i = gridStartX; i < gridEndX; i += 1 )
{
if( i % gridTick == 0 && gridScreenSizeDense > gridDrawThreshold )
SetLineWidth( doubleMarker );
else
SetLineWidth( marker );
if( ( i % gridTick == 0 && gridScreenSizeCoarse > gridDrawThreshold )
|| gridScreenSizeDense > gridDrawThreshold )
{
drawGridLine( VECTOR2D( i * gridSize.x, gridStartY * gridSize.y ),
VECTOR2D( i * gridSize.x, gridEndY * gridSize.y ) );
}
}
}
else // Dotted grid
{
bool tickX, tickY;
SetIsFill( true );
SetIsStroke( false );
SetFillColor( gridColor );
for( int j = gridStartY; j < gridEndY; j += 1 )
{
if( j % gridTick == 0 && gridScreenSizeDense > gridDrawThreshold )
tickY = true;
else
tickY = false;
for( int i = gridStartX; i < gridEndX; i += 1 )
{
if( i % gridTick == 0 && gridScreenSizeDense > gridDrawThreshold )
tickX = true;
else
tickX = false;
if( tickX || tickY || gridScreenSizeDense > gridDrawThreshold )
{
double radius = ( tickX && tickY ) ? doubleMarker : marker;
DrawRectangle( VECTOR2D( i * gridSize.x - radius,
j * gridSize.y - radius ),
VECTOR2D( i * gridSize.x + radius,
j * gridSize.y + radius ) );
}
}
}
}
}
}
VECTOR2D GAL::GetGridPoint( VECTOR2D aPoint ) const
{
VECTOR2D pointWorld = ToWorld( aPoint );
pointWorld.x = round( pointWorld.x / gridSize.x ) * gridSize.x;
pointWorld.y = round( pointWorld.y / gridSize.y ) * gridSize.y;
return ToScreen( pointWorld );
}

View File

@ -0,0 +1,550 @@
/*
* This program source code file is part of KiCad, a free EDA CAD application.
*
* Copyright (C) 2013 CERN
* @author Maciej Suminski <maciej.suminski@cern.ch>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
* as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
* of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, you may find one here:
* http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.html
* or you may search the http://www.gnu.org website for the version 2 license,
* or you may write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
* 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
*/
/**
* @file cached_container.cpp
* @brief Class to store instances of VERTEX with caching. It allows storing VERTEX objects and
* associates them with VERTEX_ITEMs. This leads to a possibility of caching vertices data in the
* GPU memory and a fast reuse of that data.
*/
#include <gal/opengl/cached_container.h>
#include <gal/opengl/vertex_manager.h>
#include <gal/opengl/vertex_item.h>
#include <gal/opengl/shader.h>
#include <wx/log.h>
#include <list>
#ifdef __WXDEBUG__
#include <profile.h>
#endif /* __WXDEBUG__ */
using namespace KIGFX;
CACHED_CONTAINER::CACHED_CONTAINER( unsigned int aSize ) :
VERTEX_CONTAINER( aSize ), m_item( NULL )
{
// In the beginning there is only free space
m_freeChunks.insert( CHUNK( aSize, 0 ) );
}
void CACHED_CONTAINER::SetItem( VERTEX_ITEM* aItem )
{
wxASSERT( aItem != NULL );
m_item = aItem;
m_itemSize = m_item->GetSize();
m_chunkSize = m_itemSize;
if( m_itemSize == 0 )
m_items.insert( m_item ); // The item was not stored before
else
m_chunkOffset = m_item->GetOffset();
#if CACHED_CONTAINER_TEST > 1
wxLogDebug( wxT( "Adding/editing item 0x%08lx (size %d)" ), (long) m_item, m_itemSize );
#endif
}
void CACHED_CONTAINER::FinishItem()
{
wxASSERT( m_item != NULL );
wxASSERT( m_item->GetSize() == m_itemSize );
// Finishing the previously edited item
if( m_itemSize < m_chunkSize )
{
// There is some not used but reserved memory left, so we should return it to the pool
int itemOffset = m_item->GetOffset();
// Add the not used memory back to the pool
m_freeChunks.insert( CHUNK( m_chunkSize - m_itemSize, itemOffset + m_itemSize ) );
m_freeSpace += ( m_chunkSize - m_itemSize );
// mergeFreeChunks(); // veery slow and buggy
}
#if CACHED_CONTAINER_TEST > 1
wxLogDebug( wxT( "Finishing item 0x%08lx (size %d)" ), (long) m_item, m_itemSize );
test();
m_item = NULL; // electric fence
#endif
}
VERTEX* CACHED_CONTAINER::Allocate( unsigned int aSize )
{
wxASSERT( m_item != NULL );
if( m_failed )
return NULL;
if( m_itemSize + aSize > m_chunkSize )
{
// There is not enough space in the currently reserved chunk, so we have to resize it
// Reserve a bigger memory chunk for the current item and
// make it multiple of 3 to store triangles
m_chunkSize = ( 2 * m_itemSize ) + aSize + ( 3 - aSize % 3 );
// Save the current size before reallocating
m_chunkOffset = reallocate( m_chunkSize );
if( m_chunkOffset > m_currentSize )
{
m_failed = true;
return NULL;
}
}
VERTEX* reserved = &m_vertices[m_chunkOffset + m_itemSize];
m_itemSize += aSize;
// Now the item officially possesses the memory chunk
m_item->setSize( m_itemSize );
// The content has to be updated
m_dirty = true;
#if CACHED_CONTAINER_TEST > 1
test();
#endif
#if CACHED_CONTAINER_TEST > 2
showFreeChunks();
showReservedChunks();
#endif
return reserved;
}
void CACHED_CONTAINER::Delete( VERTEX_ITEM* aItem )
{
wxASSERT( aItem != NULL );
wxASSERT( m_items.find( aItem ) != m_items.end() );
int size = aItem->GetSize();
int offset = aItem->GetOffset();
#if CACHED_CONTAINER_TEST > 1
wxLogDebug( wxT( "Removing 0x%08lx (size %d offset %d)" ), (long) aItem, size, offset );
#endif
// Insert a free memory chunk entry in the place where item was stored
if( size > 0 )
{
m_freeChunks.insert( CHUNK( size, offset ) );
m_freeSpace += size;
// Indicate that the item is not stored in the container anymore
aItem->setSize( 0 );
}
m_items.erase( aItem );
#if CACHED_CONTAINER_TEST > 1
test();
#endif
// Dynamic memory freeing, there is no point in holding
// a large amount of memory when there is no use for it
if( m_freeSpace > ( m_currentSize / 2 ) && m_currentSize > m_initialSize )
{
resizeContainer( m_currentSize / 2 );
}
}
void CACHED_CONTAINER::Clear()
{
// Change size to the default one
m_vertices = static_cast<VERTEX*>( realloc( m_vertices,
m_initialSize * sizeof( VERTEX ) ) );
// Reset state variables
m_freeSpace = m_initialSize;
m_currentSize = m_initialSize;
m_failed = false;
// Set the size of all the stored VERTEX_ITEMs to 0, so it is clear that they are not held
// in the container anymore
ITEMS::iterator it;
for( it = m_items.begin(); it != m_items.end(); ++it )
{
( *it )->setSize( 0 );
}
m_items.clear();
// Now there is only free space left
m_freeChunks.clear();
m_freeChunks.insert( CHUNK( m_freeSpace, 0 ) );
}
VERTEX* CACHED_CONTAINER::GetVertices( const VERTEX_ITEM* aItem ) const
{
int offset = aItem->GetOffset();
return &m_vertices[offset];
}
unsigned int CACHED_CONTAINER::reallocate( unsigned int aSize )
{
wxASSERT( aSize > 0 );
#if CACHED_CONTAINER_TEST > 2
wxLogDebug( wxT( "Resize 0x%08lx from %d to %d" ), (long) m_item, m_itemSize, aSize );
#endif
// Is there enough space to store vertices?
if( m_freeSpace < aSize )
{
bool result;
// Would it be enough to double the current space?
if( aSize < m_freeSpace + m_currentSize )
{
// Yes: exponential growing
result = resizeContainer( m_currentSize * 2 );
}
else
{
// No: grow to the nearest bigger power of 2
result = resizeContainer( getPowerOf2( m_currentSize * 2 + aSize ) );
}
if( !result )
return UINT_MAX;
}
// Look for the free space chunk of at least given size
FREE_CHUNK_MAP::iterator newChunk = m_freeChunks.lower_bound( aSize );
if( newChunk == m_freeChunks.end() )
{
// In the case when there is enough space to store the vertices,
// but the free space is not continous we should defragment the container
if( !defragment() )
return UINT_MAX;
// Update the current offset
m_chunkOffset = m_item->GetOffset();
// We can take the first free chunk, as there is only one after defragmentation
// and we can be sure that it provides enough space to store the object
newChunk = m_freeChunks.begin();
}
// Parameters of the allocated cuhnk
unsigned int chunkSize = newChunk->first;
unsigned int chunkOffset = newChunk->second;
wxASSERT( chunkSize >= aSize );
wxASSERT( chunkOffset < m_currentSize );
// Check if the item was previously stored in the container
if( m_itemSize > 0 )
{
#if CACHED_CONTAINER_TEST > 3
wxLogDebug( wxT( "Moving 0x%08x from 0x%08x to 0x%08x" ),
(int) m_item, oldChunkOffset, chunkOffset );
#endif
// The item was reallocated, so we have to copy all the old data to the new place
memcpy( &m_vertices[chunkOffset], &m_vertices[m_chunkOffset],
m_itemSize * VertexSize );
// Free the space previously used by the chunk
wxASSERT( m_itemSize > 0 );
m_freeChunks.insert( CHUNK( m_itemSize, m_chunkOffset ) );
m_freeSpace += m_itemSize;
}
// Remove the allocated chunk from the free space pool
m_freeChunks.erase( newChunk );
// If there is some space left, return it to the pool - add an entry for it
if( chunkSize > aSize )
{
m_freeChunks.insert( CHUNK( chunkSize - aSize, chunkOffset + aSize ) );
}
m_freeSpace -= aSize;
// mergeFreeChunks(); // veery slow and buggy
m_item->setOffset( chunkOffset );
return chunkOffset;
}
bool CACHED_CONTAINER::defragment( VERTEX* aTarget )
{
#if CACHED_CONTAINER_TEST > 0
wxLogDebug( wxT( "Defragmenting" ) );
prof_counter totalTime;
prof_start( &totalTime, false );
#endif
if( aTarget == NULL )
{
// No target was specified, so we have to reallocate our own space
aTarget = static_cast<VERTEX*>( malloc( m_currentSize * sizeof( VERTEX ) ) );
if( aTarget == NULL )
{
wxLogError( wxT( "Run out of memory" ) );
return false;
}
}
int newOffset = 0;
ITEMS::iterator it, it_end;
for( it = m_items.begin(), it_end = m_items.end(); it != it_end; ++it )
{
VERTEX_ITEM* item = *it;
int itemOffset = item->GetOffset();
int itemSize = item->GetSize();
// Move an item to the new container
memcpy( &aTarget[newOffset], &m_vertices[itemOffset], itemSize * VertexSize );
// Update new offset
item->setOffset( newOffset );
// Move to the next free space
newOffset += itemSize;
}
free( m_vertices );
m_vertices = aTarget;
// Now there is only one big chunk of free memory
m_freeChunks.clear();
wxASSERT( m_freeSpace > 0 );
m_freeChunks.insert( CHUNK( m_freeSpace, m_currentSize - m_freeSpace ) );
#if CACHED_CONTAINER_TEST > 0
prof_end( &totalTime );
wxLogDebug( wxT( "Defragmented the container storing %d vertices / %.1f ms" ),
m_currentSize - m_freeSpace, (double) totalTime.value / 1000.0 );
#endif
return true;
}
void CACHED_CONTAINER::mergeFreeChunks()
{
if( m_freeChunks.size() <= 1 ) // There are no chunks that can be merged
return;
#if CACHED_CONTAINER_TEST > 0
prof_counter totalTime;
prof_start( &totalTime, false );
#endif
// Reversed free chunks map - this one stores chunk size with its offset as the key
std::list<CHUNK> freeChunks;
FREE_CHUNK_MAP::const_iterator it, it_end;
for( it = m_freeChunks.begin(), it_end = m_freeChunks.end(); it != it_end; ++it )
{
freeChunks.push_back( std::make_pair( it->second, it->first ) );
}
m_freeChunks.clear();
freeChunks.sort();
std::list<CHUNK>::const_iterator itf, itf_end;
unsigned int offset = freeChunks.front().first;
unsigned int size = freeChunks.front().second;
freeChunks.pop_front();
for( itf = freeChunks.begin(), itf_end = freeChunks.end(); itf != itf_end; ++itf )
{
if( itf->first == offset + size )
{
// These chunks can be merged, so just increase the current chunk size and go on
size += itf->second;
}
else
{
// These chunks cannot be merged
// So store the previous one
m_freeChunks.insert( std::make_pair( size, offset ) );
// and let's check the next chunk
offset = itf->first;
size = itf->second;
}
}
// Add the last one
m_freeChunks.insert( std::make_pair( size, offset ) );
#if CACHED_CONTAINER_TEST > 0
prof_end( &totalTime );
wxLogDebug( wxT( "Merged free chunks / %.1f ms" ), (double) totalTime.value / 1000.0 );
#endif
test();
}
bool CACHED_CONTAINER::resizeContainer( unsigned int aNewSize )
{
wxASSERT( aNewSize != m_currentSize );
#if CACHED_CONTAINER_TEST > 0
wxLogDebug( wxT( "Resizing container from %d to %d" ), m_currentSize, aNewSize );
#endif
VERTEX* newContainer;
if( aNewSize < m_currentSize )
{
// Shrinking container
// Sanity check, no shrinking if we cannot fit all the data
if( reservedSpace() > aNewSize )
return false;
newContainer = static_cast<VERTEX*>( malloc( aNewSize * sizeof( VERTEX ) ) );
if( newContainer == NULL )
{
wxLogError( wxT( "Run out of memory" ) );
return false;
}
// Defragment directly to the new, smaller container
defragment( newContainer );
// We have to correct freeChunks after defragmentation
m_freeChunks.clear();
wxASSERT( aNewSize - reservedSpace() > 0 );
m_freeChunks.insert( CHUNK( aNewSize - reservedSpace(), reservedSpace() ) );
}
else
{
// Enlarging container
newContainer = static_cast<VERTEX*>( realloc( m_vertices, aNewSize * sizeof( VERTEX ) ) );
if( newContainer == NULL )
{
wxLogError( wxT( "Run out of memory" ) );
return false;
}
// Add an entry for the new memory chunk at the end of the container
m_freeChunks.insert( CHUNK( aNewSize - m_currentSize, m_currentSize ) );
}
m_vertices = newContainer;
m_freeSpace += ( aNewSize - m_currentSize );
m_currentSize = aNewSize;
return true;
}
unsigned int CACHED_CONTAINER::getPowerOf2( unsigned int aNumber ) const
{
unsigned int power = 1;
while( power < aNumber && power != 0 )
power <<= 1;
return power;
}
#ifdef CACHED_CONTAINER_TEST
void CACHED_CONTAINER::showFreeChunks()
{
FreeChunkMap::iterator it;
wxLogDebug( wxT( "Free chunks:" ) );
for( it = m_freeChunks.begin(); it != m_freeChunks.end(); ++it )
{
unsigned int offset = getChunkOffset( *it );
unsigned int size = getChunkSize( *it );
wxASSERT( size > 0 );
wxLogDebug( wxT( "[0x%08x-0x%08x] (size %d)" ),
offset, offset + size - 1, size );
}
}
void CACHED_CONTAINER::showReservedChunks()
{
Items::iterator it;
wxLogDebug( wxT( "Reserved chunks:" ) );
for( it = m_items.begin(); it != m_items.end(); ++it )
{
VERTEX_ITEM* item = *it;
unsigned int offset = item->GetOffset();
unsigned int size = item->GetSize();
wxASSERT( size > 0 );
wxLogDebug( wxT( "[0x%08x-0x%08x] @ 0x%08lx (size %d)" ),
offset, offset + size - 1, (long) item, size );
}
}
void CACHED_CONTAINER::test()
{
// Free space check
unsigned int freeSpace = 0;
FreeChunkMap::iterator itf;
for( itf = m_freeChunks.begin(); itf != m_freeChunks.end(); ++itf )
freeSpace += getChunkSize( *itf );
wxASSERT( freeSpace == m_freeSpace );
// Reserved space check
/*unsigned int reservedSpace = 0;
Items::iterator itr;
for( itr = m_items.begin(); itr != m_items.end(); ++itr )
reservedSpace += ( *itr )->GetSize();
reservedSpace += m_itemSize; // Add the current chunk size
wxASSERT( ( freeSpace + reservedSpace ) == m_currentSize );*/
// Overlapping check TBD
}
#endif /* CACHED_CONTAINER_TEST */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,286 @@
/*
* This program source code file is part of KiCad, a free EDA CAD application.
*
* Copyright (C) 2013 CERN
* @author Maciej Suminski <maciej.suminski@cern.ch>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
* as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
* of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, you may find one here:
* http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.html
* or you may search the http://www.gnu.org website for the version 2 license,
* or you may write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
* 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
*/
/**
* @file gpu_manager.cpp
* @brief Class to handle uploading vertices and indices to GPU in drawing purposes.
*/
#include <gal/opengl/gpu_manager.h>
#include <gal/opengl/cached_container.h>
#include <gal/opengl/noncached_container.h>
#include <gal/opengl/shader.h>
#include <typeinfo>
#include <wx/log.h>
#ifdef __WXDEBUG__
#include <profile.h>
#endif
using namespace KIGFX;
GPU_MANAGER* GPU_MANAGER::MakeManager( VERTEX_CONTAINER* aContainer )
{
if( typeid( *aContainer ) == typeid( CACHED_CONTAINER ) )
return new GPU_CACHED_MANAGER( aContainer );
else if( typeid( *aContainer ) == typeid( NONCACHED_CONTAINER ) )
return new GPU_NONCACHED_MANAGER( aContainer );
wxASSERT_MSG( false, "Not handled container type" );
return NULL;
}
GPU_MANAGER::GPU_MANAGER( VERTEX_CONTAINER* aContainer ) :
m_isDrawing( false ), m_container( aContainer ), m_shader( NULL )
{
}
GPU_MANAGER::~GPU_MANAGER()
{
}
void GPU_MANAGER::SetShader( SHADER& aShader )
{
m_shader = &aShader;
m_shaderAttrib = m_shader->GetAttribute( "attrShaderParams" );
if( m_shaderAttrib == -1 )
{
wxLogFatalError( wxT( "Could not get the shader attribute location" ) );
}
}
// Cached manager
GPU_CACHED_MANAGER::GPU_CACHED_MANAGER( VERTEX_CONTAINER* aContainer ) :
GPU_MANAGER( aContainer ), m_buffersInitialized( false ),
m_indicesSize( 0 )
{
// Allocate the biggest possible buffer for indices
m_indices.reset( new GLuint[aContainer->GetSize()] );
}
GPU_CACHED_MANAGER::~GPU_CACHED_MANAGER()
{
if( m_buffersInitialized )
{
glBindBuffer( GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, 0 );
glDeleteBuffers( 1, &m_verticesBuffer );
}
}
void GPU_CACHED_MANAGER::Initialize()
{
wxASSERT( !m_buffersInitialized );
if( !m_buffersInitialized )
{
glGenBuffers( 1, &m_verticesBuffer );
m_buffersInitialized = true;
}
}
void GPU_CACHED_MANAGER::BeginDrawing()
{
wxASSERT( !m_isDrawing );
if( m_container->IsDirty() )
uploadToGpu();
// Number of vertices to be drawn in the EndDrawing()
m_indicesSize = 0;
// Set the indices pointer to the beginning of the indices-to-draw buffer
m_indicesPtr = m_indices.get();
m_isDrawing = true;
}
void GPU_CACHED_MANAGER::DrawIndices( unsigned int aOffset, unsigned int aSize )
{
wxASSERT( m_isDrawing );
// Copy indices of items that should be drawn to GPU memory
for( unsigned int i = aOffset; i < aOffset + aSize; *m_indicesPtr++ = i++ );
m_indicesSize += aSize;
}
void GPU_CACHED_MANAGER::DrawAll()
{
wxASSERT( m_isDrawing );
m_indicesSize = m_container->GetSize();
for( unsigned int i = 0; i < m_indicesSize; *m_indicesPtr++ = i++ );
}
void GPU_CACHED_MANAGER::EndDrawing()
{
wxASSERT( m_isDrawing );
// Prepare buffers
glEnableClientState( GL_VERTEX_ARRAY );
glEnableClientState( GL_COLOR_ARRAY );
// Bind vertices data buffers
glBindBuffer( GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, m_verticesBuffer );
glVertexPointer( CoordStride, GL_FLOAT, VertexSize, 0 );
glColorPointer( ColorStride, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, VertexSize, (GLvoid*) ColorOffset );
if( m_shader != NULL ) // Use shader if applicable
{
m_shader->Use();
glEnableVertexAttribArray( m_shaderAttrib );
glVertexAttribPointer( m_shaderAttrib, ShaderStride, GL_FLOAT, GL_FALSE,
VertexSize, (GLvoid*) ShaderOffset );
}
glDrawElements( GL_TRIANGLES, m_indicesSize, GL_UNSIGNED_INT, (GLvoid*) m_indices.get() );
glBindBuffer( GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, 0 );
// Deactivate vertex array
glDisableClientState( GL_COLOR_ARRAY );
glDisableClientState( GL_VERTEX_ARRAY );
if( m_shader != NULL )
{
glDisableVertexAttribArray( m_shaderAttrib );
m_shader->Deactivate();
}
m_isDrawing = false;
}
void GPU_CACHED_MANAGER::uploadToGpu()
{
#ifdef __WXDEBUG__
prof_counter totalTime;
prof_start( &totalTime, false );
#endif /* __WXDEBUG__ */
if( !m_buffersInitialized )
Initialize();
int bufferSize = m_container->GetSize();
GLfloat* vertices = (GLfloat*) m_container->GetAllVertices();
// Upload vertices coordinates and shader types to GPU memory
glBindBuffer( GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, m_verticesBuffer );
glBufferData( GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, bufferSize * VertexSize, vertices, GL_DYNAMIC_DRAW );
glBindBuffer( GL_ARRAY_BUFFER, 0 );
// Allocate the biggest possible buffer for indices
m_indices.reset( new GLuint[bufferSize] );
if( glGetError() != GL_NO_ERROR )
{
wxLogError( wxT( "Error during data upload to the GPU memory" ) );
}
#ifdef __WXDEBUG__
prof_end( &totalTime );
wxLogDebug( wxT( "Uploading %d vertices to GPU / %.1f ms" ),
bufferSize, (double) totalTime.value / 1000.0 );
#endif /* __WXDEBUG__ */
}
// Noncached manager
GPU_NONCACHED_MANAGER::GPU_NONCACHED_MANAGER( VERTEX_CONTAINER* aContainer ) :
GPU_MANAGER( aContainer )
{
}
void GPU_NONCACHED_MANAGER::Initialize()
{
// Nothing has to be intialized
}
void GPU_NONCACHED_MANAGER::BeginDrawing()
{
// Nothing has to be prepared
}
void GPU_NONCACHED_MANAGER::DrawIndices( unsigned int aOffset, unsigned int aSize )
{
wxASSERT_MSG( false, wxT( "Not implemented yet" ) );
}
void GPU_NONCACHED_MANAGER::DrawAll()
{
// This is the default use case, nothing has to be done
// The real rendering takes place in the EndDrawing() function
}
void GPU_NONCACHED_MANAGER::EndDrawing()
{
VERTEX* vertices = m_container->GetAllVertices();
GLfloat* coordinates = (GLfloat*) ( vertices );
GLubyte* colors = (GLubyte*) ( vertices ) + ColorOffset;
// Prepare buffers
glEnableClientState( GL_VERTEX_ARRAY );
glEnableClientState( GL_COLOR_ARRAY );
glVertexPointer( CoordStride, GL_FLOAT, VertexSize, coordinates );
glColorPointer( ColorStride, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, VertexSize, colors );
if( m_shader != NULL ) // Use shader if applicable
{
GLfloat* shaders = (GLfloat*) ( vertices ) + ShaderOffset / sizeof(GLfloat);
m_shader->Use();
glEnableVertexAttribArray( m_shaderAttrib );
glVertexAttribPointer( m_shaderAttrib, ShaderStride, GL_FLOAT, GL_FALSE,
VertexSize, shaders );
}
glDrawArrays( GL_TRIANGLES, 0, m_container->GetSize() );
// Deactivate vertex array
glDisableClientState( GL_COLOR_ARRAY );
glDisableClientState( GL_VERTEX_ARRAY );
if( m_shader != NULL )
{
glDisableVertexAttribArray( m_shaderAttrib );
m_shader->Deactivate();
}
}

View File

@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
/*
* This program source code file is part of KiCad, a free EDA CAD application.
*
* Copyright (C) 2013 CERN
* @author Maciej Suminski <maciej.suminski@cern.ch>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
* as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
* of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, you may find one here:
* http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.html
* or you may search the http://www.gnu.org website for the version 2 license,
* or you may write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
* 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
*/
/**
* @file noncached_container.cpp
* @brief Class to store instances of VERTEX without caching. It allows a fast one-frame drawing
* and then clearing the buffer and starting from scratch.
*/
#include <gal/opengl/noncached_container.h>
#include <cstdlib>
using namespace KIGFX;
NONCACHED_CONTAINER::NONCACHED_CONTAINER( unsigned int aSize ) :
VERTEX_CONTAINER( aSize ), m_freePtr( 0 )
{
}
NONCACHED_CONTAINER::~NONCACHED_CONTAINER()
{
}
void NONCACHED_CONTAINER::SetItem( VERTEX_ITEM* aItem )
{
// Nothing has to be done, as the noncached container
// does not care about VERTEX_ITEMs ownership
}
VERTEX* NONCACHED_CONTAINER::Allocate( unsigned int aSize )
{
if( m_freeSpace < aSize )
{
// Double the space
VERTEX* newVertices = static_cast<VERTEX*>( realloc( m_vertices,
m_currentSize * 2 *
sizeof(VERTEX) ) );
if( newVertices != NULL )
{
m_vertices = newVertices;
m_freeSpace += m_currentSize;
m_currentSize *= 2;
}
else
{
return NULL;
}
}
VERTEX* freeVertex = &m_vertices[m_freePtr];
// Move to the next free chunk
m_freePtr += aSize;
m_freeSpace -= aSize;
return freeVertex;
}
void NONCACHED_CONTAINER::Clear()
{
m_freePtr = 0;
m_freeSpace = m_currentSize;
}

View File

@ -0,0 +1,292 @@
/*
* This program source code file is part of KiCad, a free EDA CAD application.
*
* Copyright (C) 2013 CERN
* @author Maciej Suminski <maciej.suminski@cern.ch>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
* as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
* of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, you may find one here:
* http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.html
* or you may search the http:O//www.gnu.org website for the version 2 license,
* or you may write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
* 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
*/
/**
* @file opengl_compositor.cpp
* @brief Class that handles multitarget rendering (ie. to different textures/surfaces) and
* later compositing into a single image (OpenGL flavour).
*/
#include <gal/opengl/opengl_compositor.h>
#include <wx/log.h>
using namespace KIGFX;
OPENGL_COMPOSITOR::OPENGL_COMPOSITOR() :
m_initialized( false ), m_current( 0 )
{
}
OPENGL_COMPOSITOR::~OPENGL_COMPOSITOR()
{
if( m_initialized )
clean();
}
void OPENGL_COMPOSITOR::Initialize()
{
if( m_initialized )
return;
// Get the maximum number of buffers
glGetIntegerv( GL_MAX_COLOR_ATTACHMENTS, (GLint*) &m_maxBuffers );
// We need framebuffer objects for drawing the screen contents
// Generate framebuffer and a depth buffer
glGenFramebuffersEXT( 1, &m_framebuffer );
glBindFramebufferEXT( GL_FRAMEBUFFER, m_framebuffer );
m_currentFbo = m_framebuffer;
// Allocate memory for the depth buffer
// Attach the depth buffer to the framebuffer
glGenRenderbuffersEXT( 1, &m_depthBuffer );
glBindRenderbufferEXT( GL_RENDERBUFFER_EXT, m_depthBuffer );
// Use here a size of 24 bits for the depth buffer, 8 bits for the stencil buffer
// this is required later for anti-aliasing
glRenderbufferStorageEXT( GL_RENDERBUFFER_EXT, GL_DEPTH_STENCIL, m_width, m_height );
glFramebufferRenderbufferEXT( GL_FRAMEBUFFER_EXT, GL_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT,
GL_RENDERBUFFER_EXT, m_depthBuffer );
glFramebufferRenderbufferEXT( GL_FRAMEBUFFER_EXT, GL_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT,
GL_RENDERBUFFER_EXT, m_depthBuffer );
// Unbind the framebuffer, so by default all the rendering goes directly to the display
glBindFramebufferEXT( GL_FRAMEBUFFER_EXT, DIRECT_RENDERING );
m_currentFbo = 0;
m_initialized = true;
}
void OPENGL_COMPOSITOR::Resize( unsigned int aWidth, unsigned int aHeight )
{
if( m_initialized )
clean();
m_width = aWidth;
m_height = aHeight;
}
unsigned int OPENGL_COMPOSITOR::CreateBuffer()
{
wxASSERT( m_initialized );
if( usedBuffers() >= m_maxBuffers )
{
wxLogError( wxT( "Cannot create more framebuffers. OpenGL rendering backend requires at"
"least 3 framebuffers. You may try to update/change "
"your graphic drivers." ) );
return 0; // Unfortunately we have no more free buffers left
}
// GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENTn are consecutive integers
GLuint attachmentPoint = GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT0 + usedBuffers();
GLuint textureTarget;
// Generate the texture for the pixel storage
glGenTextures( 1, &textureTarget );
glBindTexture( GL_TEXTURE_2D, textureTarget );
// Set texture parameters
glTexEnvf( GL_TEXTURE_ENV, GL_TEXTURE_ENV_MODE, GL_MODULATE );
glTexImage2D( GL_TEXTURE_2D, 0, GL_RGBA, m_width, m_height, 0, GL_RGBA,
GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, NULL );
glTexParameteri( GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MAG_FILTER, GL_NEAREST );
glTexParameteri( GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_MIN_FILTER, GL_NEAREST );
// Bind the texture to the specific attachment point, clear and rebind the screen
glBindFramebufferEXT( GL_FRAMEBUFFER_EXT, m_framebuffer );
m_currentFbo = m_framebuffer;
glFramebufferTexture2DEXT( GL_FRAMEBUFFER_EXT, attachmentPoint, GL_TEXTURE_2D, textureTarget, 0 );
// Check the status, exit if the framebuffer can't be created
GLenum status = glCheckFramebufferStatusEXT( GL_FRAMEBUFFER_EXT );
if( status != GL_FRAMEBUFFER_COMPLETE_EXT )
{
switch( status )
{
case GL_FRAMEBUFFER_INCOMPLETE_ATTACHMENT_EXT:
wxLogFatalError( wxT( "Cannot create the framebuffer." ) );
break;
case GL_FRAMEBUFFER_INCOMPLETE_MISSING_ATTACHMENT_EXT:
wxLogFatalError( wxT( "The framebuffer attachment points are incomplete." ) );
break;
case GL_FRAMEBUFFER_INCOMPLETE_DRAW_BUFFER_EXT:
wxLogFatalError( wxT( "The framebuffer does not have at least "
"one image attached to it." ) );
break;
case GL_FRAMEBUFFER_INCOMPLETE_READ_BUFFER_EXT:
wxLogFatalError( wxT( "The framebuffer read buffer is incomplete." ) );
break;
case GL_FRAMEBUFFER_UNSUPPORTED_EXT:
wxLogFatalError( wxT( "The combination of internal formats of the attached images "
"violates an implementation-dependent set of restrictions." ) );
break;
case GL_FRAMEBUFFER_INCOMPLETE_MULTISAMPLE_EXT:
wxLogFatalError( wxT( "GL_RENDERBUFFER_SAMPLES is not the same "
"for all attached renderbuffers" ) );
break;
case GL_FRAMEBUFFER_INCOMPLETE_LAYER_TARGETS_EXT:
wxLogFatalError( wxT( "Framebuffer incomplete layer targets errors." ) );
break;
default:
wxLogFatalError( wxT( "Cannot create the framebuffer." ) );
break;
}
return 0;
}
ClearBuffer();
// Return to direct rendering (we were asked only to create a buffer, not switch to one)
glBindFramebufferEXT( GL_FRAMEBUFFER_EXT, DIRECT_RENDERING );
m_currentFbo = DIRECT_RENDERING;
// Store the new buffer
OPENGL_BUFFER buffer = { textureTarget, attachmentPoint };
m_buffers.push_back( buffer );
return usedBuffers();
}
void OPENGL_COMPOSITOR::SetBuffer( unsigned int aBufferHandle )
{
if( aBufferHandle > usedBuffers() )
return;
// Change the rendering destination to the selected attachment point
if( aBufferHandle == DIRECT_RENDERING )
{
glBindFramebufferEXT( GL_FRAMEBUFFER_EXT, DIRECT_RENDERING );
m_currentFbo = DIRECT_RENDERING;
}
else if( m_currentFbo != m_framebuffer )
{
glBindFramebufferEXT( GL_FRAMEBUFFER_EXT, m_framebuffer );
m_currentFbo = m_framebuffer;
}
if( m_currentFbo != DIRECT_RENDERING )
{
m_current = aBufferHandle - 1;
glDrawBuffer( m_buffers[m_current].attachmentPoint );
}
}
void OPENGL_COMPOSITOR::ClearBuffer()
{
wxASSERT( m_initialized );
glClearColor( 0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f );
glClear( GL_COLOR_BUFFER_BIT | GL_DEPTH_BUFFER_BIT );
}
void OPENGL_COMPOSITOR::DrawBuffer( unsigned int aBufferHandle )
{
wxASSERT( m_initialized );
if( aBufferHandle == 0 || aBufferHandle > usedBuffers() )
{
wxLogError( wxT( "Wrong framebuffer handle" ) );
return;
}
// Switch to the main framebuffer and blit the scene
glBindFramebufferEXT( GL_FRAMEBUFFER, DIRECT_RENDERING );
m_currentFbo = DIRECT_RENDERING;
// Depth test has to be disabled to make transparency working
glDisable( GL_DEPTH_TEST );
glBlendFunc( GL_ONE, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA );
// Enable texturing and bind the main texture
glEnable( GL_TEXTURE_2D );
glBindTexture( GL_TEXTURE_2D, m_buffers[aBufferHandle - 1].textureTarget );
// Draw a full screen quad with the texture
glMatrixMode( GL_MODELVIEW );
glPushMatrix();
glLoadIdentity();
glMatrixMode( GL_PROJECTION );
glPushMatrix();
glLoadIdentity();
glBegin( GL_TRIANGLES );
glTexCoord2f( 0.0f, 1.0f );
glVertex2f( -1.0f, -1.0f );
glTexCoord2f( 1.0f, 1.0f );
glVertex2f( 1.0f, -1.0f );
glTexCoord2f( 1.0f, 0.0f );
glVertex2f( 1.0f, 1.0f );
glTexCoord2f( 0.0f, 1.0f );
glVertex2f( -1.0f, -1.0f );
glTexCoord2f( 1.0f, 0.0f );
glVertex2f( 1.0f, 1.0f );
glTexCoord2f( 0.0f, 0.0f );
glVertex2f( -1.0f, 1.0f );
glEnd();
glPopMatrix();
glMatrixMode( GL_MODELVIEW );
glPopMatrix();
}
void OPENGL_COMPOSITOR::clean()
{
wxASSERT( m_initialized );
glDeleteFramebuffersEXT( 1, &m_framebuffer );
glDeleteRenderbuffersEXT( 1, &m_depthBuffer );
OPENGL_BUFFERS::const_iterator it;
for( it = m_buffers.begin(); it != m_buffers.end(); ++it )
{
glDeleteTextures( 1, &it->textureTarget );
}
m_buffers.clear();
m_initialized = false;
}
GLuint OPENGL_COMPOSITOR::m_currentFbo = DIRECT_RENDERING;

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -0,0 +1,281 @@
/*
* This program source code file is part of KICAD, a free EDA CAD application.
*
* Copyright (C) 2012 Torsten Hueter, torstenhtr <at> gmx.de
* Copyright (C) 2012 Kicad Developers, see change_log.txt for contributors.
*
* Graphics Abstraction Layer (GAL) for OpenGL
*
* Shader class
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
* as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
* of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, you may find one here:
* http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.html
* or you may search the http://www.gnu.org website for the version 2 license,
* or you may write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
* 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
*/
#include <iostream>
#include <fstream>
#include <wx/log.h>
#include <gal/opengl/shader.h>
#include "shader_src.h"
using namespace KIGFX;
SHADER::SHADER() :
isProgramCreated( false ),
isShaderLinked( false ),
active( false ),
maximumVertices( 4 ),
geomInputType( GL_LINES ),
geomOutputType( GL_LINES )
{
}
SHADER::~SHADER()
{
if( isProgramCreated )
{
// Delete the shaders and the program
for( std::deque<GLuint>::iterator it = shaderNumbers.begin(); it != shaderNumbers.end();
it++ )
{
glDeleteShader( *it );
}
glDeleteProgram( programNumber );
}
}
bool SHADER::LoadBuiltinShader( unsigned int aShaderNumber, SHADER_TYPE aShaderType )
{
if( aShaderNumber >= shaders_number )
return false;
return addSource( std::string( shaders_src[aShaderNumber] ), aShaderType );
}
bool SHADER::LoadShaderFromFile( const std::string& aShaderSourceName, SHADER_TYPE aShaderType )
{
// Load shader sources
const std::string shaderSource = readSource( aShaderSourceName );
return addSource( shaderSource, aShaderType );
}
void SHADER::ConfigureGeometryShader( GLuint maxVertices, GLuint geometryInputType,
GLuint geometryOutputType )
{
maximumVertices = maxVertices;
geomInputType = geometryInputType;
geomOutputType = geometryOutputType;
}
bool SHADER::Link()
{
// Shader linking
glLinkProgram( programNumber );
programInfo( programNumber );
// Check the Link state
glGetObjectParameterivARB( programNumber, GL_OBJECT_LINK_STATUS_ARB,
(GLint*) &isShaderLinked );
#ifdef __WXDEBUG__
if( !isShaderLinked )
{
int maxLength;
glGetProgramiv( programNumber, GL_INFO_LOG_LENGTH, &maxLength );
maxLength = maxLength + 1;
char* linkInfoLog = new char[maxLength];
glGetProgramInfoLog( programNumber, maxLength, &maxLength, linkInfoLog );
std::cerr << "Shader linking error:" << std::endl;
std::cerr << linkInfoLog;
delete[] linkInfoLog;
}
#endif /* __WXDEBUG__ */
return isShaderLinked;
}
int SHADER::AddParameter( const std::string& aParameterName )
{
GLint location = glGetUniformLocation( programNumber, aParameterName.c_str() );
if( location != -1 )
{
parameterLocation.push_back( location );
}
return location;
}
void SHADER::SetParameter( int parameterNumber, float value ) const
{
glUniform1f( parameterLocation[parameterNumber], value );
}
void SHADER::SetParameter( int parameterNumber, int value ) const
{
glUniform1i( parameterLocation[parameterNumber], value );
}
int SHADER::GetAttribute( std::string aAttributeName ) const
{
return glGetAttribLocation( programNumber, aAttributeName.c_str() );
}
void SHADER::programInfo( GLuint aProgram )
{
GLint glInfoLogLength = 0;
GLint writtenChars = 0;
// Get the length of the info string
glGetProgramiv( aProgram, GL_INFO_LOG_LENGTH, &glInfoLogLength );
// Print the information
if( glInfoLogLength > 2 )
{
GLchar* glInfoLog = new GLchar[glInfoLogLength];
glGetProgramInfoLog( aProgram, glInfoLogLength, &writtenChars, glInfoLog );
wxLogInfo( wxString::FromUTF8( (char*) glInfoLog ) );
delete[] glInfoLog;
}
}
void SHADER::shaderInfo( GLuint aShader )
{
GLint glInfoLogLength = 0;
GLint writtenChars = 0;
// Get the length of the info string
glGetShaderiv( aShader, GL_INFO_LOG_LENGTH, &glInfoLogLength );
// Print the information
if( glInfoLogLength > 2 )
{
GLchar* glInfoLog = new GLchar[glInfoLogLength];
glGetShaderInfoLog( aShader, glInfoLogLength, &writtenChars, glInfoLog );
wxLogInfo( wxString::FromUTF8( (char*) glInfoLog ) );
delete[] glInfoLog;
}
}
std::string SHADER::readSource( std::string aShaderSourceName )
{
// Open the shader source for reading
std::ifstream inputFile( aShaderSourceName.c_str(), std::ifstream::in );
std::string shaderSource;
if( !inputFile )
{
wxLogError( wxString::FromUTF8( "Can't read the shader source: " ) +
wxString( aShaderSourceName.c_str(), wxConvUTF8 ) );
exit( 1 );
}
std::string shaderSourceLine;
// Read all lines from the text file
while( getline( inputFile, shaderSourceLine ) )
{
shaderSource += shaderSourceLine;
shaderSource += "\n";
}
return shaderSource;
}
bool SHADER::addSource( const std::string& aShaderSource, SHADER_TYPE aShaderType )
{
if( isShaderLinked )
{
wxLogError( wxString::FromUTF8( "Shader is already linked!" ) );
}
// Create the program
if( !isProgramCreated )
{
programNumber = glCreateProgram();
isProgramCreated = true;
}
// Create a shader
GLuint shaderNumber = glCreateShader( aShaderType );
shaderNumbers.push_back( shaderNumber );
// Get the program info
programInfo( programNumber );
// Copy to char array
char* source = new char[aShaderSource.size() + 1];
strcpy( source, aShaderSource.c_str() );
const char** source_ = (const char**) ( &source );
// Attach the source
glShaderSource( shaderNumber, 1, source_, NULL );
programInfo( programNumber );
// Delete the allocated char array
delete[] source;
// Compile and attach shader to the program
glCompileShader( shaderNumber );
GLint status;
glGetShaderiv( shaderNumber, GL_COMPILE_STATUS, &status );
if( status != GL_TRUE )
{
wxLogError( wxT( "Shader compilation error" ) );
shaderInfo( shaderNumber );
return false;
}
glAttachShader( programNumber, shaderNumber );
programInfo( programNumber );
// Special handling for the geometry shader
if( aShaderType == SHADER_TYPE_GEOMETRY )
{
glProgramParameteriEXT( programNumber, GL_GEOMETRY_VERTICES_OUT_EXT, maximumVertices );
glProgramParameteriEXT( programNumber, GL_GEOMETRY_INPUT_TYPE_EXT, geomInputType );
glProgramParameteriEXT( programNumber, GL_GEOMETRY_OUTPUT_TYPE_EXT, geomOutputType );
}
return true;
}

View File

@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
/*
* This program source code file is part of KICAD, a free EDA CAD application.
*
* Copyright (C) 2013 CERN
* @author Maciej Suminski <maciej.suminski@cern.ch>
*
* Fragment shader
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
* as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
* of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, you may find one here:
* http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.html
* or you may search the http://www.gnu.org website for the version 2 license,
* or you may write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
* 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
*/
#version 120
// Shader types
const float SHADER_LINE = 1.0f;
const float SHADER_FILLED_CIRCLE = 2.0f;
const float SHADER_STROKED_CIRCLE = 3.0f;
varying vec4 shaderParams;
varying vec2 circleCoords;
void filledCircle( vec2 aCoord )
{
if( dot( aCoord, aCoord ) < 1.0f )
gl_FragColor = gl_Color;
else
discard;
}
void strokedCircle( vec2 aCoord, float aRadius, float aWidth )
{
float outerRadius = aRadius + ( aWidth / 2 );
float innerRadius = aRadius - ( aWidth / 2 );
float relWidth = innerRadius / outerRadius;
if( ( dot( aCoord, aCoord ) < 1.0f ) &&
( dot( aCoord, aCoord ) > relWidth * relWidth ) )
gl_FragColor = gl_Color;
else
discard;
}
void main()
{
if( shaderParams[0] == SHADER_FILLED_CIRCLE )
{
filledCircle( circleCoords );
}
else if( shaderParams[0] == SHADER_STROKED_CIRCLE )
{
strokedCircle( circleCoords, shaderParams[2], shaderParams[3] );
}
else
{
// Simple pass-through
gl_FragColor = gl_Color;
}
}

View File

@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
/*
* This program source code file is part of KICAD, a free EDA CAD application.
*
* Copyright (C) 2013 CERN
* @author Maciej Suminski <maciej.suminski@cern.ch>
*
* Vertex shader
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
* as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
* of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, you may find one here:
* http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.html
* or you may search the http://www.gnu.org website for the version 2 license,
* or you may write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
* 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
*/
#version 120
// Shader types
const float SHADER_LINE = 1.0f;
const float SHADER_FILLED_CIRCLE = 2.0f;
const float SHADER_STROKED_CIRCLE = 3.0f;
// Minimum line width
const float MIN_WIDTH = 1.0f;
attribute vec4 attrShaderParams;
varying vec4 shaderParams;
varying vec2 circleCoords;
void main()
{
// Pass attributes to the fragment shader
shaderParams = attrShaderParams;
if( shaderParams[0] == SHADER_LINE )
{
float lineWidth = shaderParams[3];
float worldScale = gl_ModelViewMatrix[0][0];
float scale;
// Make lines appear to be at least 1 pixel wide
if( worldScale * lineWidth < MIN_WIDTH )
scale = MIN_WIDTH / ( worldScale * lineWidth );
else
scale = 1.0f;
gl_Position = gl_ModelViewProjectionMatrix *
( gl_Vertex + vec4( shaderParams.yz * scale, 0.0, 0.0 ) );
}
else if( ( shaderParams[0] == SHADER_STROKED_CIRCLE ) ||
( shaderParams[0] == SHADER_FILLED_CIRCLE ) )
{
// Compute relative circle coordinates basing on indices
// Circle
if( shaderParams[1] == 1.0f )
circleCoords = vec2( -sqrt( 3.0f ), -1.0f );
else if( shaderParams[1] == 2.0f )
circleCoords = vec2( sqrt( 3.0f ), -1.0f );
else if( shaderParams[1] == 3.0f )
circleCoords = vec2( 0.0f, 2.0f );
// Semicircle
else if( shaderParams[1] == 4.0f )
circleCoords = vec2( -3.0f / sqrt( 3.0f ), 0.0f );
else if( shaderParams[1] == 5.0f )
circleCoords = vec2( 3.0f / sqrt( 3.0f ), 0.0f );
else if( shaderParams[1] == 6.0f )
circleCoords = vec2( 0.0f, 2.0f );
// Make the line appear to be at least 1 pixel wide
float lineWidth = shaderParams[3];
float worldScale = gl_ModelViewMatrix[0][0];
// Make lines appear to be at least 1 pixel width
if( worldScale * lineWidth < MIN_WIDTH )
shaderParams[3] = shaderParams[3] / ( worldScale * lineWidth );
gl_Position = ftransform();
}
else
{
// Pass through the coordinates like in the fixed pipeline
gl_Position = ftransform();
}
gl_FrontColor = gl_Color;
}

View File

@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
/*
* This program source code file is part of KiCad, a free EDA CAD application.
*
* Copyright (C) 2013 CERN
* @author Maciej Suminski <maciej.suminski@cern.ch>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
* as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
* of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, you may find one here:
* http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.html
* or you may search the http://www.gnu.org website for the version 2 license,
* or you may write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
* 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
*/
/**
* @file vertex_container.cpp
* @brief Class to store vertices and handle transfers between system memory and GPU memory.
*/
#include <gal/opengl/vertex_container.h>
#include <gal/opengl/cached_container.h>
#include <gal/opengl/noncached_container.h>
#include <gal/opengl/shader.h>
#include <wx/log.h>
using namespace KIGFX;
VERTEX_CONTAINER* VERTEX_CONTAINER::MakeContainer( bool aCached )
{
if( aCached )
return new CACHED_CONTAINER;
else
return new NONCACHED_CONTAINER;
}
VERTEX_CONTAINER::VERTEX_CONTAINER( unsigned int aSize ) :
m_freeSpace( aSize ), m_currentSize( aSize ), m_initialSize( aSize ), m_failed( false )
{
m_vertices = static_cast<VERTEX*>( malloc( aSize * sizeof( VERTEX ) ) );
}
VERTEX_CONTAINER::~VERTEX_CONTAINER()
{
free( m_vertices );
}

View File

@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
/*
* This program source code file is part of KiCad, a free EDA CAD application.
*
* Copyright (C) 2013 CERN
* @author Maciej Suminski <maciej.suminski@cern.ch>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
* as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
* of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, you may find one here:
* http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.html
* or you may search the http://www.gnu.org website for the version 2 license,
* or you may write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
* 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
*/
/**
* @file vertex_item.cpp
* @brief Class to handle an item held in a container.
*/
#include <gal/opengl/vertex_item.h>
#include <gal/opengl/vertex_manager.h>
#include <cstring>
using namespace KIGFX;
VERTEX_ITEM::VERTEX_ITEM( const VERTEX_MANAGER& aManager ) :
m_manager( aManager ), m_offset( 0 ), m_size( 0 )
{
// As the item is created, we are going to modify it, so call to SetItem() is needed
m_manager.SetItem( *this );
}
VERTEX_ITEM::~VERTEX_ITEM()
{
m_manager.FreeItem( *this );
}
VERTEX* VERTEX_ITEM::GetVertices() const
{
return m_manager.GetVertices( *this );
}

View File

@ -0,0 +1,217 @@
/*
* This program source code file is part of KiCad, a free EDA CAD application.
*
* Copyright (C) 2013 CERN
* @author Maciej Suminski <maciej.suminski@cern.ch>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
* as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
* of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, you may find one here:
* http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.html
* or you may search the http://www.gnu.org website for the version 2 license,
* or you may write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
* 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
*/
/**
* @file vertex_manager.cpp
* @brief Class to control vertex container and GPU with possibility of emulating old-style OpenGL
* 1.0 state machine using modern OpenGL methods.
*/
#include <gal/opengl/vertex_manager.h>
#include <gal/opengl/cached_container.h>
#include <gal/opengl/noncached_container.h>
#include <gal/opengl/gpu_manager.h>
#include <gal/opengl/vertex_item.h>
using namespace KIGFX;
VERTEX_MANAGER::VERTEX_MANAGER( bool aCached ) :
m_noTransform( true ), m_transform( 1.0f )
{
m_container.reset( VERTEX_CONTAINER::MakeContainer( aCached ) );
m_gpu.reset( GPU_MANAGER::MakeManager( m_container.get() ) );
// There is no shader used by default
for( unsigned int i = 0; i < ShaderStride; ++i )
m_shader[i] = 0.0f;
}
void VERTEX_MANAGER::Vertex( GLfloat aX, GLfloat aY, GLfloat aZ ) const
{
// Obtain the pointer to the vertex in the currently used container
VERTEX* newVertex = m_container->Allocate( 1 );
if( newVertex == NULL )
{
wxLogError( wxT( "Vertex allocation error" ) );
return;
}
putVertex( *newVertex, aX, aY, aZ );
}
void VERTEX_MANAGER::Vertices( const VERTEX aVertices[], unsigned int aSize ) const
{
// Obtain pointer to the vertex in currently used container
VERTEX* newVertex = m_container->Allocate( aSize );
if( newVertex == NULL )
{
wxLogError( wxT( "Vertex allocation error" ) );
return;
}
// Put vertices in already allocated memory chunk
for( unsigned int i = 0; i < aSize; ++i )
{
putVertex( newVertex[i], aVertices[i].x, aVertices[i].y, aVertices[i].z );
}
}
void VERTEX_MANAGER::SetItem( VERTEX_ITEM& aItem ) const
{
m_container->SetItem( &aItem );
}
void VERTEX_MANAGER::FinishItem() const
{
m_container->FinishItem();
}
void VERTEX_MANAGER::FreeItem( VERTEX_ITEM& aItem ) const
{
m_container->Delete( &aItem );
}
void VERTEX_MANAGER::ChangeItemColor( const VERTEX_ITEM& aItem, const COLOR4D& aColor ) const
{
unsigned int size = aItem.GetSize();
unsigned int offset = aItem.GetOffset();
VERTEX* vertex = m_container->GetVertices( offset );
for( unsigned int i = 0; i < size; ++i )
{
vertex->r = aColor.r * 255.0;
vertex->g = aColor.g * 255.0;
vertex->b = aColor.b * 255.0;
vertex->a = aColor.a * 255.0;
vertex++;
}
m_container->SetDirty();
}
void VERTEX_MANAGER::ChangeItemDepth( const VERTEX_ITEM& aItem, GLfloat aDepth ) const
{
unsigned int size = aItem.GetSize();
unsigned int offset = aItem.GetOffset();
VERTEX* vertex = m_container->GetVertices( offset );
for( unsigned int i = 0; i < size; ++i )
{
vertex->z = aDepth;
vertex++;
}
m_container->SetDirty();
}
VERTEX* VERTEX_MANAGER::GetVertices( const VERTEX_ITEM& aItem ) const
{
if( aItem.GetSize() == 0 )
return NULL; // The item is not stored in the container
return m_container->GetVertices( aItem.GetOffset() );
}
void VERTEX_MANAGER::SetShader( SHADER& aShader ) const
{
m_gpu->SetShader( aShader );
}
void VERTEX_MANAGER::Clear() const
{
m_container->Clear();
}
void VERTEX_MANAGER::BeginDrawing() const
{
m_gpu->BeginDrawing();
}
void VERTEX_MANAGER::DrawItem( const VERTEX_ITEM& aItem ) const
{
int size = aItem.GetSize();
if( size > 0 )
{
int offset = aItem.GetOffset();
m_gpu->DrawIndices( offset, size );
}
}
void VERTEX_MANAGER::EndDrawing() const
{
m_gpu->EndDrawing();
}
void VERTEX_MANAGER::putVertex( VERTEX& aTarget, GLfloat aX, GLfloat aY, GLfloat aZ ) const
{
// Modify the vertex according to the currently used transformations
if( m_noTransform )
{
// Simply copy coordinates, when the transform matrix is the identity matrix
aTarget.x = aX;
aTarget.y = aY;
aTarget.z = aZ;
}
else
{
// Apply transformations
glm::vec4 transVertex( aX, aY, aZ, 1.0f );
transVertex = m_transform * transVertex;
aTarget.x = transVertex.x;
aTarget.y = transVertex.y;
aTarget.z = transVertex.z;
}
// Apply currently used color
aTarget.r = m_color[0];
aTarget.g = m_color[1];
aTarget.b = m_color[2];
aTarget.a = m_color[3];
// Apply currently used shader
for( unsigned int j = 0; j < ShaderStride; ++j )
{
aTarget.shader[j] = m_shader[j];
}
}

305
common/gal/stroke_font.cpp Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,305 @@
/*
* This program source code file is part of KICAD, a free EDA CAD application.
*
* Copyright (C) 2012 Torsten Hueter, torstenhtr <at> gmx.de
* Copyright (C) 2012 Kicad Developers, see change_log.txt for contributors.
*
* Stroke font class
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
* as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
* of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, you may find one here:
* http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.html
* or you may search the http://www.gnu.org website for the version 2 license,
* or you may write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
* 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
*/
#include <gal/stroke_font.h>
#include <gal/graphics_abstraction_layer.h>
using namespace KIGFX;
const double STROKE_FONT::LINE_HEIGHT_RATIO = 1.6;
STROKE_FONT::STROKE_FONT( GAL* aGal ) :
m_gal( aGal ),
m_bold( false ),
m_italic( false ),
m_mirrored( false )
{
// Default values
m_scaleFactor = 1.0 / 21.0;
m_glyphSize = VECTOR2D( 10.0, 10.0 );
m_verticalJustify = GR_TEXT_VJUSTIFY_BOTTOM;
m_horizontalJustify = GR_TEXT_HJUSTIFY_LEFT;
}
STROKE_FONT::~STROKE_FONT()
{
}
bool STROKE_FONT::LoadNewStrokeFont( const char* const aNewStrokeFont[], int aNewStrokeFontSize )
{
m_glyphs.clear();
m_glyphBoundingBoxes.clear();
for( int j = 0; j < aNewStrokeFontSize; j++ )
{
GLYPH glyph;
double glyphStartX = 0.0;
double glyphEndX = 0.0;
VECTOR2D glyphBoundingX;
std::deque<VECTOR2D> pointList;
int i = 0;
while( aNewStrokeFont[j][i] )
{
VECTOR2D point( 0.0, 0.0 );
char coordinate[2] = { 0, };
for( int k = 0; k < 2; k++ )
{
coordinate[k] = aNewStrokeFont[j][i + k];
}
if( i < 2 )
{
// The first two values contain the width of the char
glyphStartX = coordinate[0] - 'R';
glyphEndX = coordinate[1] - 'R';
glyphBoundingX = VECTOR2D( 0, glyphEndX - glyphStartX );
}
else if( ( coordinate[0] == ' ' ) && ( coordinate[1] == 'R' ) )
{
// Raise pen
if( pointList.size() > 0 )
glyph.push_back( pointList );
pointList.clear();
}
else
{
// Every coordinate description of the Hershey format has an offset,
// it has to be subtracted
point.x = (double) ( coordinate[0] - 'R' ) - glyphStartX;
point.y = (double) ( coordinate[1] - 'R' ) - 11.0;
pointList.push_back( point );
}
i += 2;
}
if( pointList.size() > 0 )
glyph.push_back( pointList );
m_glyphs.push_back( glyph );
// Compute the bounding box of the glyph
m_glyphBoundingBoxes.push_back( computeBoundingBox( glyph, glyphBoundingX ) );
}
return true;
}
BOX2D STROKE_FONT::computeBoundingBox( const GLYPH& aGLYPH, const VECTOR2D& aGLYPHBoundingX ) const
{
BOX2D boundingBox;
std::deque<VECTOR2D> boundingPoints;
boundingPoints.push_back( VECTOR2D( aGLYPHBoundingX.x, 0 ) );
boundingPoints.push_back( VECTOR2D( aGLYPHBoundingX.y, 0 ) );
for( GLYPH::const_iterator pointListIt = aGLYPH.begin(); pointListIt != aGLYPH.end(); ++pointListIt )
{
for( std::deque<VECTOR2D>::const_iterator pointIt = pointListIt->begin();
pointIt != pointListIt->end(); ++pointIt )
{
boundingPoints.push_back( VECTOR2D( aGLYPHBoundingX.x, pointIt->y ) );
}
}
boundingBox.Compute( boundingPoints );
return boundingBox;
}
void STROKE_FONT::Draw( std::string aText, const VECTOR2D& aPosition, double aRotationAngle )
{
// By default overbar is turned off
m_overbar = false;
// Context needs to be saved before any transformations
m_gal->Save();
m_gal->Translate( aPosition );
m_gal->Rotate( -aRotationAngle );
// Split multiline strings into separate ones and draw them line by line
size_t newlinePos = aText.find( '\n' );
if( newlinePos != std::string::npos )
{
VECTOR2D nextlinePosition = VECTOR2D( 0.0, m_glyphSize.y * LINE_HEIGHT_RATIO );
Draw( aText.substr( newlinePos + 1 ), nextlinePosition, 0.0 );
aText = aText.substr( 0, newlinePos );
}
// Compute the text size
VECTOR2D textsize = computeTextSize( aText );
// Adjust the text position to the given alignment
switch( m_horizontalJustify )
{
case GR_TEXT_HJUSTIFY_CENTER:
m_gal->Translate( VECTOR2D( -textsize.x / 2.0, 0 ) );
break;
case GR_TEXT_HJUSTIFY_RIGHT:
if( !m_mirrored )
m_gal->Translate( VECTOR2D( -textsize.x, 0 ) );
break;
case GR_TEXT_HJUSTIFY_LEFT:
if( m_mirrored )
m_gal->Translate( VECTOR2D( -textsize.x, 0 ) );
break;
default:
break;
}
switch( m_verticalJustify )
{
case GR_TEXT_VJUSTIFY_CENTER:
m_gal->Translate( VECTOR2D( 0, textsize.y / 2.0 ) );
break;
case GR_TEXT_VJUSTIFY_TOP:
m_gal->Translate( VECTOR2D( 0, textsize.y ) );
break;
case GR_TEXT_VJUSTIFY_BOTTOM:
break;
default:
break;
}
double xOffset, glyphSizeX;
if( m_mirrored )
{
// In case of mirrored text invert the X scale of points and their X direction
// (m_glyphSize.x) and start drawing from the position where text normally should end
// (textsize.x)
xOffset = textsize.x;
glyphSizeX = -m_glyphSize.x;
}
else
{
xOffset = 0.0;
glyphSizeX = m_glyphSize.x;
}
double scaleY = m_scaleFactor * m_glyphSize.y;
double scaleX = m_scaleFactor * glyphSizeX;
m_gal->SetIsStroke( true );
m_gal->SetIsFill( false );
if( m_bold )
{
m_gal->SetLineWidth( m_gal->GetLineWidth() * 1.3 );
}
for( std::string::const_iterator chIt = aText.begin(); chIt != aText.end(); chIt++ )
{
if( *chIt == '~' )
{
m_overbar = !m_overbar;
continue;
}
GLYPH_LIST::iterator glyphIt = m_glyphs.begin();
std::deque<BOX2D>::iterator bbIt = m_glyphBoundingBoxes.begin();
advance( glyphIt, (int) ( *chIt ) - (int) ' ' );
advance( bbIt, (int) ( *chIt ) - (int) ' ' );
GLYPH glyph = *glyphIt;
for( GLYPH::iterator pointListIt = glyph.begin(); pointListIt != glyph.end();
pointListIt++ )
{
std::deque<VECTOR2D> pointListScaled;
for( std::deque<VECTOR2D>::iterator pointIt = pointListIt->begin();
pointIt != pointListIt->end(); pointIt++ )
{
VECTOR2D pointPos( pointIt->x * scaleX + xOffset, pointIt->y * scaleY );
if( m_italic )
{
// FIXME should be done other way - referring to the lowest Y value of point
// because now italic fonts are translated a bit
pointPos.x += pointPos.y * 0.1;
}
pointListScaled.push_back( pointPos );
}
m_gal->DrawPolyline( pointListScaled );
}
if( m_overbar )
{
VECTOR2D startOverbar( xOffset, -textsize.y * 1.2 );
VECTOR2D endOverbar( xOffset + m_scaleFactor * glyphSizeX * bbIt->GetEnd().x,
-textsize.y * 1.2 );
m_gal->DrawLine( startOverbar, endOverbar );
}
xOffset += m_scaleFactor * glyphSizeX * bbIt->GetEnd().x;
}
m_gal->Restore();
}
VECTOR2D STROKE_FONT::computeTextSize( const std::string& aText ) const
{
VECTOR2D result = VECTOR2D( 0.0, m_glyphSize.y );
for( std::string::const_iterator chIt = aText.begin(); chIt != aText.end(); chIt++ )
{
if( *chIt == '~' )
continue;
std::deque<BOX2D>::const_iterator bbIt = m_glyphBoundingBoxes.begin();
advance( bbIt, (int) ( *chIt ) - (int) ' ' );
result.x += m_scaleFactor * m_glyphSize.x * bbIt->GetEnd().x;
}
return result;
}

157
common/geometry/seg.cpp Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
/*
* This program source code file is part of KiCad, a free EDA CAD application.
*
* Copyright (C) 2013 CERN
* @author Tomasz Wlostowski <tomasz.wlostowski@cern.ch>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
* as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
* of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, you may find one here:
* http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.html
* or you may search the http://www.gnu.org website for the version 2 license,
* or you may write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
* 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
*/
#include <geometry/seg.h>
template <typename T>
int sgn( T aVal )
{
return ( T( 0 ) < aVal ) - ( aVal < T( 0 ) );
}
bool SEG::PointCloserThan( const VECTOR2I& aP, int aDist ) const
{
VECTOR2I d = B - A;
ecoord dist_sq = (ecoord) aDist * aDist;
SEG::ecoord l_squared = d.Dot( d );
SEG::ecoord t = d.Dot( aP - A );
if( t <= 0 || !l_squared )
return ( aP - A ).SquaredEuclideanNorm() < dist_sq;
else if( t >= l_squared )
return ( aP - B ).SquaredEuclideanNorm() < dist_sq;
int dxdy = abs( d.x ) - abs( d.y );
if( ( dxdy >= -1 && dxdy <= 1 ) || abs( d.x ) <= 1 || abs( d.y ) <= 1 )
{
int ca = -sgn( d.y );
int cb = sgn( d.x );
int cc = -ca * A.x - cb * A.y;
ecoord num = ca * aP.x + cb * aP.y + cc;
num *= num;
if( ca && cb )
num >>= 1;
if( num > ( dist_sq + 100 ) )
return false;
else if( num < ( dist_sq - 100 ) )
return true;
}
VECTOR2I nearest;
nearest.x = A.x + rescale( t, (ecoord) d.x, l_squared );
nearest.y = A.y + rescale( t, (ecoord) d.y, l_squared );
return ( nearest - aP ).SquaredEuclideanNorm() <= dist_sq;
}
SEG::ecoord SEG::SquaredDistance( const SEG& aSeg ) const
{
// fixme: rather inefficient....
if( Intersect( aSeg ) )
return 0;
const VECTOR2I pts[4] =
{
aSeg.NearestPoint( A ) - A,
aSeg.NearestPoint( B ) - B,
NearestPoint( aSeg.A ) - aSeg.A,
NearestPoint( aSeg.B ) - aSeg.B
};
ecoord m = VECTOR2I::ECOORD_MAX;
for( int i = 0; i < 4; i++ )
m = std::min( m, pts[i].SquaredEuclideanNorm() );
return m;
}
OPT_VECTOR2I SEG::Intersect( const SEG& aSeg, bool aIgnoreEndpoints, bool aLines ) const
{
const VECTOR2I e( B - A );
const VECTOR2I f( aSeg.B - aSeg.A );
const VECTOR2I ac( aSeg.A - A );
ecoord d = f.Cross( e );
ecoord p = f.Cross( ac );
ecoord q = e.Cross( ac );
if( d == 0 )
return OPT_VECTOR2I();
if( !aLines && d > 0 && ( q < 0 || q > d || p < 0 || p > d ) )
return OPT_VECTOR2I();
if( !aLines && d < 0 && ( q < d || p < d || p > 0 || q > 0 ) )
return OPT_VECTOR2I();
if( !aLines && aIgnoreEndpoints && ( q == 0 || q == d ) && ( p == 0 || p == d ) )
return OPT_VECTOR2I();
VECTOR2I ip( aSeg.A.x + rescale( q, (ecoord) f.x, d ),
aSeg.A.y + rescale( q, (ecoord) f.y, d ) );
return ip;
}
bool SEG::ccw( const VECTOR2I& aA, const VECTOR2I& aB, const VECTOR2I& aC ) const
{
return (ecoord) ( aC.y - aA.y ) * ( aB.x - aA.x ) > (ecoord) ( aB.y - aA.y ) * ( aC.x - aA.x );
}
bool SEG::Collide( const SEG& aSeg, int aClearance ) const
{
// check for intersection
// fixme: move to a method
if( ccw( A, aSeg.A, aSeg.B ) != ccw( B, aSeg.A, aSeg.B ) &&
ccw( A, B, aSeg.A ) != ccw( A, B, aSeg.B ) )
return true;
#define CHK( _seg, _pt ) \
if( (_seg).PointCloserThan( _pt, aClearance ) ) return true;
CHK( *this, aSeg.A );
CHK( *this, aSeg.B );
CHK( aSeg, A );
CHK( aSeg, B );
#undef CHK
return false;
}
bool SEG::Contains( const VECTOR2I& aP ) const
{
return PointCloserThan( aP, 1 );
}

View File

@ -0,0 +1,242 @@
/*
* This program source code file is part of KiCad, a free EDA CAD application.
*
* Copyright (C) 2013 CERN
* @author Tomasz Wlostowski <tomasz.wlostowski@cern.ch>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
* as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
* of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, you may find one here:
* http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.html
* or you may search the http://www.gnu.org website for the version 2 license,
* or you may write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
* 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
*/
#include <math/vector2d.h>
#include <geometry/shape.h>
#include <geometry/shape_line_chain.h>
#include <geometry/shape_circle.h>
#include <geometry/shape_rect.h>
typedef VECTOR2I::extended_type ecoord;
static inline bool Collide( const SHAPE_CIRCLE& aA, const SHAPE_CIRCLE& aB, int aClearance,
bool aNeedMTV, VECTOR2I& aMTV )
{
ecoord min_dist = aClearance + aA.GetRadius() + aB.GetRadius();
ecoord min_dist_sq = min_dist * min_dist;
const VECTOR2I delta = aB.GetCenter() - aA.GetCenter();
ecoord dist_sq = delta.SquaredEuclideanNorm();
if( dist_sq >= min_dist_sq )
return false;
if( aNeedMTV )
aMTV = delta.Resize( sqrt( abs( min_dist_sq - dist_sq ) ) + 1 );
return true;
}
static inline bool Collide( const SHAPE_RECT& aA, const SHAPE_CIRCLE& aB, int aClearance,
bool aNeedMTV, VECTOR2I& aMTV )
{
const VECTOR2I c = aB.GetCenter();
const VECTOR2I p0 = aA.GetPosition();
const VECTOR2I size = aA.GetSize();
const ecoord r = aB.GetRadius();
const ecoord min_dist = aClearance + r;
const ecoord min_dist_sq = min_dist * min_dist;
if( aA.BBox( 0 ).Contains( c ) )
return true;
const VECTOR2I vts[] =
{
VECTOR2I( p0.x, p0.y ),
VECTOR2I( p0.x, p0.y + size.y ),
VECTOR2I( p0.x + size.x, p0.y + size.y ),
VECTOR2I( p0.x + size.x, p0.y ),
VECTOR2I( p0.x, p0.y )
};
ecoord nearest_seg_dist_sq = VECTOR2I::ECOORD_MAX;
VECTOR2I nearest;
bool inside = c.x >= p0.x && c.x <= ( p0.x + size.x )
&& c.y >= p0.y && c.y <= ( p0.y + size.y );
if( !inside )
{
for( int i = 0; i < 4; i++ )
{
const SEG seg( vts[i], vts[i + 1] );
ecoord dist_sq = seg.SquaredDistance( c );
if( dist_sq < min_dist_sq )
{
if( !aNeedMTV )
return true;
else
{
nearest = seg.NearestPoint( c );
nearest_seg_dist_sq = dist_sq;
}
}
}
}
if( nearest_seg_dist_sq >= min_dist_sq && !inside )
return false;
VECTOR2I delta = c - nearest;
if( !aNeedMTV )
return true;
if( inside )
aMTV = -delta.Resize( sqrt( abs( r * r + nearest_seg_dist_sq ) + 1 ) );
else
aMTV = delta.Resize( sqrt( abs( r * r - nearest_seg_dist_sq ) + 1 ) );
return true;
}
static inline bool Collide( const SHAPE_CIRCLE& aA, const SHAPE_LINE_CHAIN& aB, int aClearance,
bool aNeedMTV, VECTOR2I& aMTV )
{
for( int s = 0; s < aB.SegmentCount(); s++ )
{
if( aA.Collide( aB.CSegment( s ), aClearance ) )
return true;
}
return false;
}
static inline bool Collide( const SHAPE_LINE_CHAIN& aA, const SHAPE_LINE_CHAIN& aB, int aClearance,
bool aNeedMTV, VECTOR2I& aMTV )
{
for( int i = 0; i < aB.SegmentCount(); i++ )
if( aA.Collide( aB.CSegment( i ), aClearance ) )
return true;
return false;
}
static inline bool Collide( const SHAPE_RECT& aA, const SHAPE_LINE_CHAIN& aB, int aClearance,
bool aNeedMTV, VECTOR2I& aMTV )
{
for( int s = 0; s < aB.SegmentCount(); s++ )
{
SEG seg = aB.CSegment( s );
if( aA.Collide( seg, aClearance ) )
return true;
}
return false;
}
bool CollideShapes( const SHAPE* aA, const SHAPE* aB, int aClearance,
bool aNeedMTV, VECTOR2I& aMTV )
{
switch( aA->Type() )
{
case SH_RECT:
switch( aB->Type() )
{
case SH_CIRCLE:
return Collide( *static_cast<const SHAPE_RECT*>( aA ),
*static_cast<const SHAPE_CIRCLE*>( aB ), aClearance, aNeedMTV, aMTV );
case SH_LINE_CHAIN:
return Collide( *static_cast<const SHAPE_RECT*>( aA ),
*static_cast<const SHAPE_LINE_CHAIN*>( aB ), aClearance, aNeedMTV, aMTV );
default:
break;
}
break;
case SH_CIRCLE:
switch( aB->Type() )
{
case SH_RECT:
return Collide( *static_cast<const SHAPE_RECT*>( aB ),
*static_cast<const SHAPE_CIRCLE*>( aA ), aClearance, aNeedMTV, aMTV );
case SH_CIRCLE:
return Collide( *static_cast<const SHAPE_CIRCLE*>( aA ),
*static_cast<const SHAPE_CIRCLE*>( aB ), aClearance, aNeedMTV, aMTV );
case SH_LINE_CHAIN:
return Collide( *static_cast<const SHAPE_CIRCLE*>( aA ),
*static_cast<const SHAPE_LINE_CHAIN *>( aB ), aClearance, aNeedMTV, aMTV );
default:
break;
}
break;
case SH_LINE_CHAIN:
switch( aB->Type() )
{
case SH_RECT:
return Collide( *static_cast<const SHAPE_RECT*>( aB ),
*static_cast<const SHAPE_LINE_CHAIN*>( aA ), aClearance, aNeedMTV, aMTV );
case SH_CIRCLE:
return Collide( *static_cast<const SHAPE_CIRCLE*>( aB ),
*static_cast<const SHAPE_LINE_CHAIN*>( aA ), aClearance, aNeedMTV, aMTV );
case SH_LINE_CHAIN:
return Collide( *static_cast<const SHAPE_LINE_CHAIN*>( aA ),
*static_cast<const SHAPE_LINE_CHAIN*>( aB ), aClearance, aNeedMTV, aMTV );
default:
break;
}
break;
default:
break;
}
bool unsupported_collision = true;
assert( unsupported_collision == false );
return false;
}
bool SHAPE::Collide( const SHAPE* aShape, int aClerance, VECTOR2I& aMTV ) const
{
return CollideShapes( this, aShape, aClerance, true, aMTV );
}
bool SHAPE::Collide( const SHAPE* aShape, int aClerance ) const
{
VECTOR2I dummy;
return CollideShapes( this, aShape, aClerance, false, dummy );
}

View File

@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
/*
* This program source code file is part of KiCad, a free EDA CAD application.
*
* Copyright (C) 2013 CERN
* @author Jacobo Aragunde Pérez
* @author Tomasz Wlostowski <tomasz.wlostowski@cern.ch>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
* as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
* of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, you may find one here:
* http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.html
* or you may search the http://www.gnu.org website for the version 2 license,
* or you may write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
* 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
*/
#include <geometry/shape_index.h>
template <>
const SHAPE* shapeFunctor( SHAPE* aItem )
{
return aItem;
}

View File

@ -0,0 +1,537 @@
/*
* This program source code file is part of KiCad, a free EDA CAD application.
*
* Copyright (C) 2013 CERN
* @author Tomasz Wlostowski <tomasz.wlostowski@cern.ch>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
* as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
* of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, you may find one here:
* http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.html
* or you may search the http://www.gnu.org website for the version 2 license,
* or you may write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
* 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
*/
#include <geometry/shape_line_chain.h>
#include <geometry/shape_circle.h>
using namespace std;
using boost::optional;
bool SHAPE_LINE_CHAIN::Collide( const VECTOR2I& aP, int aClearance ) const
{
assert( false );
return false;
}
bool SHAPE_LINE_CHAIN::Collide( const BOX2I& aBox, int aClearance ) const
{
assert( false );
return false;
}
bool SHAPE_LINE_CHAIN::Collide( const SEG& aSeg, int aClearance ) const
{
BOX2I box_a( aSeg.A, aSeg.B - aSeg.A );
BOX2I::ecoord_type dist_sq = (BOX2I::ecoord_type) aClearance * aClearance;
for( int i = 0; i < SegmentCount(); i++ )
{
const SEG& s = CSegment( i );
BOX2I box_b( s.A, s.B - s.A );
BOX2I::ecoord_type d = box_a.SquaredDistance( box_b );
if( d < dist_sq )
{
if( s.Collide( aSeg, aClearance ) )
return true;
}
}
return false;
}
const SHAPE_LINE_CHAIN SHAPE_LINE_CHAIN::Reverse() const
{
SHAPE_LINE_CHAIN a( *this );
reverse( a.m_points.begin(), a.m_points.end() );
a.m_closed = m_closed;
return a;
}
int SHAPE_LINE_CHAIN::Length() const
{
int l = 0;
for( int i = 0; i < SegmentCount(); i++ )
l += CSegment( i ).Length();
return l;
}
void SHAPE_LINE_CHAIN::Replace( int aStartIndex, int aEndIndex, const VECTOR2I& aP )
{
if( aEndIndex < 0 )
aEndIndex += PointCount();
if( aStartIndex < 0 )
aStartIndex += PointCount();
if( aStartIndex == aEndIndex )
m_points[aStartIndex] = aP;
else
{
m_points.erase( m_points.begin() + aStartIndex + 1, m_points.begin() + aEndIndex + 1 );
m_points[aStartIndex] = aP;
}
}
void SHAPE_LINE_CHAIN::Replace( int aStartIndex, int aEndIndex, const SHAPE_LINE_CHAIN& aLine )
{
if( aEndIndex < 0 )
aEndIndex += PointCount();
if( aStartIndex < 0 )
aStartIndex += PointCount();
m_points.erase( m_points.begin() + aStartIndex, m_points.begin() + aEndIndex + 1 );
m_points.insert( m_points.begin() + aStartIndex, aLine.m_points.begin(), aLine.m_points.end() );
}
void SHAPE_LINE_CHAIN::Remove( int aStartIndex, int aEndIndex )
{
if( aEndIndex < 0 )
aEndIndex += PointCount();
if( aStartIndex < 0 )
aStartIndex += PointCount();
m_points.erase( m_points.begin() + aStartIndex, m_points.begin() + aEndIndex + 1 );
}
int SHAPE_LINE_CHAIN::Distance( const VECTOR2I& aP ) const
{
int d = INT_MAX;
for( int s = 0; s < SegmentCount(); s++ )
d = min( d, CSegment( s ).Distance( aP ) );
return d;
}
int SHAPE_LINE_CHAIN::Split( const VECTOR2I& aP )
{
int ii = -1;
int min_dist = 2;
ii = Find( aP );
if( ii >= 0 )
return ii;
for( int s = 0; s < SegmentCount(); s++ )
{
const SEG seg = CSegment( s );
int dist = seg.Distance( aP );
// make sure we are not producing a 'slightly concave' primitive. This might happen
// if aP lies very close to one of already existing points.
if( dist < min_dist && seg.A != aP && seg.B != aP )
{
min_dist = dist;
ii = s;
}
}
if( ii >= 0 )
{
m_points.insert( m_points.begin() + ii + 1, aP );
return ii + 1;
}
return -1;
}
int SHAPE_LINE_CHAIN::Find( const VECTOR2I& aP ) const
{
for( int s = 0; s< PointCount(); s++ )
if( CPoint( s ) == aP )
return s;
return -1;
}
const SHAPE_LINE_CHAIN SHAPE_LINE_CHAIN::Slice( int aStartIndex, int aEndIndex ) const
{
SHAPE_LINE_CHAIN rv;
if( aEndIndex < 0 )
aEndIndex += PointCount();
if( aStartIndex < 0 )
aStartIndex += PointCount();
for( int i = aStartIndex; i <= aEndIndex; i++ )
rv.Append( m_points[i] );
return rv;
}
struct compareOriginDistance
{
compareOriginDistance( VECTOR2I& aOrigin ) :
m_origin( aOrigin ) {};
bool operator()( const SHAPE_LINE_CHAIN::INTERSECTION& aA,
const SHAPE_LINE_CHAIN::INTERSECTION& aB )
{
return ( m_origin - aA.p ).EuclideanNorm() < ( m_origin - aB.p ).EuclideanNorm();
}
VECTOR2I m_origin;
};
int SHAPE_LINE_CHAIN::Intersect( const SEG& aSeg, INTERSECTIONS& aIp ) const
{
for( int s = 0; s < SegmentCount(); s++ )
{
OPT_VECTOR2I p = CSegment( s ).Intersect( aSeg );
if( p )
{
INTERSECTION is;
is.our = CSegment( s );
is.their = aSeg;
is.p = *p;
aIp.push_back( is );
}
}
compareOriginDistance comp( aSeg.A );
sort( aIp.begin(), aIp.end(), comp );
return aIp.size();
}
int SHAPE_LINE_CHAIN::Intersect( const SHAPE_LINE_CHAIN& aChain, INTERSECTIONS& aIp ) const
{
BOX2I bb_other = aChain.BBox();
for( int s1 = 0; s1 < SegmentCount(); s1++ )
{
const SEG& a = CSegment( s1 );
const BOX2I bb_cur( a.A, a.B - a.A );
if( !bb_other.Intersects( bb_cur ) )
continue;
for( int s2 = 0; s2 < aChain.SegmentCount(); s2++ )
{
const SEG& b = aChain.CSegment( s2 );
INTERSECTION is;
if( a.Collinear( b ) )
{
if( a.Contains( b.A ) ) { is.p = b.A; aIp.push_back( is ); }
if( a.Contains( b.B ) ) { is.p = b.B; aIp.push_back( is ); }
if( b.Contains( a.A ) ) { is.p = a.A; aIp.push_back( is ); }
if( b.Contains( a.B ) ) { is.p = a.B; aIp.push_back( is ); }
}
else
{
OPT_VECTOR2I p = a.Intersect( b );
if( p )
{
is.p = *p;
is.our = a;
is.their = b;
aIp.push_back( is );
}
}
}
}
return aIp.size();
for( int s1 = 0; s1 < SegmentCount(); s1++ )
{
for( int s2 = 0; s2 < aChain.SegmentCount(); s2++ )
{
const SEG& a = CSegment( s1 );
const SEG& b = aChain.CSegment( s2 );
OPT_VECTOR2I p = a.Intersect( b );
INTERSECTION is;
if( p )
{
is.p = *p;
is.our = a;
is.their = b;
aIp.push_back( is );
}
else if( a.Collinear( b ) )
{
if( a.A != b.A && a.A != b.B && b.Contains( a.A ) )
{
is.p = a.A;
is.our = a;
is.their = b;
aIp.push_back( is );
}
else if( a.B != b.A && a.B != b.B && b.Contains( a.B ) )
{
is.p = a.B;
is.our = a;
is.their = b;
aIp.push_back( is );
}
}
}
}
return aIp.size();
}
int SHAPE_LINE_CHAIN::PathLength( const VECTOR2I& aP ) const
{
int sum = 0;
for( int i = 0; i < SegmentCount(); i++ )
{
const SEG seg = CSegment( i );
int d = seg.Distance( aP );
if( d <= 1 )
{
sum += ( aP - seg.A ).EuclideanNorm();
return sum;
}
else
sum += seg.Length();
}
return -1;
}
bool SHAPE_LINE_CHAIN::PointInside( const VECTOR2I& aP ) const
{
if( !m_closed || SegmentCount() < 3 )
return false;
int cur = CSegment( 0 ).Side( aP );
if( cur == 0 )
return false;
for( int i = 1; i < SegmentCount(); i++ )
{
const SEG s = CSegment( i );
if( aP == s.A || aP == s.B ) // edge does not belong to the interior!
return false;
if( s.Side( aP ) != cur )
return false;
}
return true;
}
bool SHAPE_LINE_CHAIN::PointOnEdge( const VECTOR2I& aP ) const
{
if( SegmentCount() < 1 )
return m_points[0] == aP;
for( int i = 1; i < SegmentCount(); i++ )
{
const SEG s = CSegment( i );
if( s.A == aP || s.B == aP )
return true;
if( s.Distance( aP ) <= 1 )
return true;
}
return false;
}
const optional<SHAPE_LINE_CHAIN::INTERSECTION> SHAPE_LINE_CHAIN::SelfIntersecting() const
{
for( int s1 = 0; s1 < SegmentCount(); s1++ )
{
for( int s2 = s1 + 1; s2 < SegmentCount(); s2++ )
{
const VECTOR2I s2a = CSegment( s2 ).A, s2b = CSegment( s2 ).B;
if( s1 + 1 != s2 && CSegment( s1 ).Contains( s2a ) )
{
INTERSECTION is;
is.our = CSegment( s1 );
is.their = CSegment( s2 );
is.p = s2a;
return is;
}
else if( CSegment( s1 ).Contains( s2b ) )
{
INTERSECTION is;
is.our = CSegment( s1 );
is.their = CSegment( s2 );
is.p = s2b;
return is;
}
else
{
OPT_VECTOR2I p = CSegment( s1 ).Intersect( CSegment( s2 ), true );
if( p )
{
INTERSECTION is;
is.our = CSegment( s1 );
is.their = CSegment( s2 );
is.p = *p;
return is;
}
}
}
}
return optional<INTERSECTION>();
}
SHAPE_LINE_CHAIN& SHAPE_LINE_CHAIN::Simplify()
{
vector<VECTOR2I> pts_unique;
if( PointCount() < 2 )
{
return *this;
}
else if( PointCount() == 2 )
{
if( m_points[0] == m_points[1] )
m_points.erase( m_points.end() );
return *this;
}
int i = 0;
int np = PointCount();
// stage 1: eliminate duplicate vertices
while( i < np )
{
int j = i + 1;
while( j < np && CPoint( i ) == CPoint( j ) )
j++;
pts_unique.push_back( CPoint( i ) );
i = j;
}
m_points.clear();
np = pts_unique.size();
i = 0;
// stage 1: eliminate collinear segments
while( i < np - 2 )
{
const VECTOR2I p0 = pts_unique[i];
const VECTOR2I p1 = pts_unique[i + 1];
int n = i;
while( n < np - 2 && SEG( p0, p1 ).LineDistance( pts_unique[n + 2] ) <= 1 )
n++;
m_points.push_back( p0 );
if( n > i )
i = n;
if( n == np )
{
m_points.push_back( pts_unique[n - 1] );
return *this;
}
i++;
}
if( np > 1 )
m_points.push_back( pts_unique[np - 2] );
m_points.push_back( pts_unique[np - 1] );
return *this;
}
const VECTOR2I SHAPE_LINE_CHAIN::NearestPoint( const VECTOR2I& aP ) const
{
int min_d = INT_MAX;
int nearest = 0;
for( int i = 0; i < SegmentCount(); i++ )
{
int d = CSegment( i ).Distance( aP );
if( d < min_d )
{
min_d = d;
nearest = i;
}
}
return CSegment( nearest ).NearestPoint( aP );
}
const string SHAPE_LINE_CHAIN::Format() const
{
stringstream ss;
ss << m_points.size() << " " << ( m_closed ? 1 : 0 ) << " ";
for( int i = 0; i < PointCount(); i++ )
ss << m_points[i].x << " " << m_points[i].y << " "; // Format() << " ";
return ss.str();
}

View File

@ -1488,12 +1488,12 @@ bool ColorIsLight( EDA_COLOR_T aColor )
EDA_COLOR_T ColorFindNearest( const wxColour &aColor )
{
EDA_COLOR_T candidate = BLACK;
return ColorFindNearest( aColor.Red(), aColor.Green(), aColor.Blue() );
}
// These are ints because we will subtract them later
int r = aColor.Red();
int g = aColor.Green();
int b = aColor.Blue();
EDA_COLOR_T ColorFindNearest( int aR, int aG, int aB )
{
EDA_COLOR_T candidate = BLACK;
/* Find the 'nearest' color in the palette. This is fun. There is
a gazilion of metrics for the color space and no one of the
@ -1511,11 +1511,11 @@ EDA_COLOR_T ColorFindNearest( const wxColour &aColor )
for( EDA_COLOR_T trying = BLACK; trying < NBCOLORS; trying = NextColor(trying) )
{
const StructColors &c = g_ColorRefs[trying];
int distance = (r - c.m_Red) * (r - c.m_Red) +
(g - c.m_Green) * (g - c.m_Green) +
(b - c.m_Blue) * (b - c.m_Blue);
if( distance < nearest_distance && c.m_Red >= r &&
c.m_Green >= g && c.m_Blue >= b )
int distance = (aR - c.m_Red) * (aR - c.m_Red) +
(aG - c.m_Green) * (aG - c.m_Green) +
(aB - c.m_Blue) * (aB - c.m_Blue);
if( distance < nearest_distance && c.m_Red >= aR &&
c.m_Green >= aG && c.m_Blue >= aB )
{
nearest_distance = distance;
candidate = trying;

View File

@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ void GRID_TRICKS::getSelectedArea()
wxArrayInt cols = m_grid->GetSelectedCols();
wxArrayInt rows = m_grid->GetSelectedRows();
D(printf("topLeft.Count():%zd botRight:Count():%zd\n", topLeft.Count(), botRight.Count() );)
DBG(printf("topLeft.Count():%zd botRight:Count():%zd\n", topLeft.Count(), botRight.Count() );)
if( topLeft.Count() && botRight.Count() )
{
@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ void GRID_TRICKS::getSelectedArea()
m_sel_col_count = 0;
}
//D(printf("m_sel_row_start:%d m_sel_col_start:%d m_sel_row_count:%d m_sel_col_count:%d\n", m_sel_row_start, m_sel_col_start, m_sel_row_count, m_sel_col_count );)
//DBG(printf("m_sel_row_start:%d m_sel_col_start:%d m_sel_row_count:%d m_sel_col_count:%d\n", m_sel_row_start, m_sel_col_start, m_sel_row_count, m_sel_col_count );)
}

87
common/math/math_util.cpp Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
/*
* This program source code file is part of KICAD, a free EDA CAD application.
*
* Copyright (c) 2005 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
* Copyright (C) CERN
* @author Tomasz Wlostowski <tomasz.wlostowski@cern.ch>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
* as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
* of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, you may find one here:
* http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.html
* or you may search the http://www.gnu.org website for the version 2 license,
* or you may write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
* 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
*/
#include <cmath>
#include <cstdlib>
#include <climits>
#include <math/math_util.h>
template <>
int rescale( int aNumerator, int aValue, int aDenominator )
{
return (int) ( (int64_t) aNumerator * (int64_t) aValue / (int64_t) aDenominator );
}
template <>
int64_t rescale( int64_t aNumerator, int64_t aValue, int64_t aDenominator )
{
int64_t r = 0;
int64_t sign = ( ( aNumerator < 0 ) ? -1 : 1 ) * ( aDenominator < 0 ? -1 : 1 ) *
( aValue < 0 ? -1 : 1 );
int64_t a = std::abs( aNumerator );
int64_t b = std::abs( aValue );
int64_t c = std::abs( aDenominator );
r = c / 2;
if( b <= INT_MAX && c <= INT_MAX )
{
if( a <= INT_MAX )
return sign * ( ( a * b + r ) / c );
else
return sign * ( a / c * b + ( a % c * b + r ) / c);
}
else
{
uint64_t a0 = a & 0xFFFFFFFF;
uint64_t a1 = a >> 32;
uint64_t b0 = b & 0xFFFFFFFF;
uint64_t b1 = b >> 32;
uint64_t t1 = a0 * b1 + a1 * b0;
uint64_t t1a = t1 << 32;
int i;
a0 = a0 * b0 + t1a;
a1 = a1 * b1 + ( t1 >> 32 ) + ( a0 < t1a );
a0 += r;
a1 += ( (uint64_t) a0 ) < r;
for( i = 63; i >= 0; i-- )
{
a1 += a1 + ( ( a0 >> i ) & 1 );
t1 += t1;
if( (uint64_t) c <= a1 )
{
a1 -= c;
t1++;
}
}
return t1 * sign;
}
}

81
common/painter.cpp Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
/*
* This program source code file is part of KiCad, a free EDA CAD application.
*
* Copyright (C) 2012 SoftPLC Corporation, Dick Hollenbeck <dick@softplc.com>
* Copyright (C) 2013 CERN
* @author Tomasz Wlostowski <tomasz.wlostowski@cern.ch>
* @author Maciej Suminski <maciej.suminski@cern.ch>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
* as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
* of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, you may find one here:
* http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.html
* or you may search the http://www.gnu.org website for the version 2 license,
* or you may write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
* 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
*/
#include <painter.h>
#include <gal/graphics_abstraction_layer.h>
using namespace KIGFX;
RENDER_SETTINGS::RENDER_SETTINGS()
{
// Set the default initial values
m_highlightFactor = 0.5;
m_selectFactor = 0.5;
m_layerOpacity = 0.8;
m_highlightEnabled = false;
m_hiContrastEnabled = false;
m_hiContrastFactor = 0.2;
m_outlineWidth = 1;
m_worksheetLineWidth = 100000;
// Store the predefined colors used in KiCad in format used by GAL
for( int i = 0; i < NBCOLORS; i++ )
{
m_legacyColorMap[g_ColorRefs[i].m_Numcolor] = COLOR4D( (double) g_ColorRefs[i].m_Red / 255.0,
(double) g_ColorRefs[i].m_Green / 255.0,
(double) g_ColorRefs[i].m_Blue / 255.0,
m_layerOpacity );
}
}
RENDER_SETTINGS::~RENDER_SETTINGS()
{
}
void RENDER_SETTINGS::update()
{
m_hiContrastColor = COLOR4D( m_hiContrastFactor, m_hiContrastFactor, m_highlightFactor,
m_layerOpacity );
}
PAINTER::PAINTER( GAL* aGal ) :
m_gal( aGal ), m_brightenedColor( 0.0, 1.0, 0.0, 0.9 )
{
}
PAINTER::~PAINTER()
{
}
void PAINTER::SetGAL( GAL* aGal )
{
m_gal = aGal;
}

147
common/profile.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
/*
* This program source code file is part of KiCad, a free EDA CAD application.
*
* Copyright (C) 2013 CERN
* @author Tomasz Wlostowski <tomasz.wlostowski@cern.ch>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
* as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
* of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, you may find one here:
* http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.html
* or you may search the http://www.gnu.org website for the version 2 license,
* or you may write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
* 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
*/
/**
* @file profile.h:
* @brief Simple profiling functions for measuring code execution time.
*/
#ifndef __TPROFILE_H
#define __TPROFILE_H
#include <sys/time.h>
#include <stdint.h>
/**
* Function rdtsc
* Returns processor's time-stamp counter. Main purpose is precise time measuring of code
* execution time.
* @return unsigned long long - Value of time-stamp counter.
*/
#if defined(__i386__)
static __inline__ unsigned long long rdtsc()
{
unsigned long long int x;
__asm__ volatile ( ".byte 0x0f, 0x31" : "=A" ( x ) );
return x;
}
#elif defined(__x86_64__)
static __inline__ unsigned long long rdtsc()
{
unsigned hi, lo;
__asm__ __volatile__ ( "rdtsc" : "=a" ( lo ), "=d" ( hi ) );
return ( (unsigned long long) lo ) | ( ( (unsigned long long) hi ) << 32 );
}
#elif defined(__powerpc__)
static __inline__ unsigned long long rdtsc()
{
unsigned long long int result = 0;
unsigned long int upper, lower, tmp;
__asm__ volatile (
"0: \n"
"\tmftbu %0 \n"
"\tmftb %1 \n"
"\tmftbu %2 \n"
"\tcmpw %2,%0 \n"
"\tbne 0b \n"
: "=r" ( upper ), "=r" ( lower ), "=r" ( tmp )
);
result = upper;
result = result << 32;
result = result | lower;
return result;
}
#endif /* __powerpc__ */
// Fixme: OS X version
/**
* Function get_tics
* Returns the number of microseconds that have elapsed since the system was started.
* @return uint64_t Number of microseconds.
*/
static inline uint64_t get_tics()
{
struct timeval tv;
gettimeofday( &tv, NULL );
return (uint64_t) tv.tv_sec * 1000000ULL + (uint64_t) tv.tv_usec;
}
/**
* Structure for storing data related to profiling counters.
*/
struct prof_counter
{
uint64_t value; /// Stored timer value
bool use_rdtsc; /// Method of time measuring (rdtsc or tics)
};
/**
* Function prof_start
* Begins code execution time counting for a given profiling counter.
* @param cnt is the counter which should be started.
* @param use_rdtsc tells if processor's time-stamp counter should be used for time counting.
* Otherwise is system tics method will be used. IMPORTANT: time-stamp counter should not
* be used on multicore machines executing threaded code.
*/
static inline void prof_start( prof_counter* cnt, bool use_rdtsc )
{
cnt->use_rdtsc = use_rdtsc;
if( use_rdtsc )
{
cnt->value = rdtsc();
}
else
{
cnt->value = get_tics();
}
}
/**
* Function prof_stop
* Ends code execution time counting for a given profiling counter.
* @param cnt is the counter which should be stopped.
*/
static inline void prof_end( prof_counter* cnt )
{
if( cnt->use_rdtsc )
cnt->value = rdtsc() - cnt->value;
else
cnt->value = get_tics() - cnt->value;
}
#endif

View File

@ -39,8 +39,6 @@
#include <protos.h>
const wxString traceFindReplace( wxT( "KicadFindReplace" ) );
const wxString traceFindItem( wxT( "KicadFindItem" ) );

40
common/system/fcontext.s Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
/*
Boost::Context assembly wrapper - done to avoid compiling the whole boost binary library
which may be unpleasant, in particular under Windows (we don't support VC++, while boost::context
does not support mingw */
#ifdef __APPLE__
#if __i386__
#include "jump_i386_sysv_macho_gas.S"
#include "make_i386_sysv_macho_gas.S"
#elif __x86_64__
#include "jump_x86_64_sysv_macho_gas.S"
#include "make_x86_64_sysv_macho_gas.S"
#else
#error "Missing make_fcontext & jump_fcontext routines for this architecture"
#endif
#else
#if __i386__
#ifdef __WIN32__
#include "jump_i386_pe_gas.S"
#include "make_i386_pe_gas.S"
#else
#include "jump_i386_sysv_elf_gas.S"
#include "make_i386_sysv_elf_gas.S"
#endif
#elif __x86_64__
#include "jump_x86_64_sysv_elf_gas.S"
#include "make_x86_64_sysv_elf_gas.S"
#else
#error "Missing make_fcontext & jump_fcontext routines for this architecture"
#endif
#endif

View File

@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
/* Copyright Oliver Kowalke 2009.
Distributed under the Boost Software License, Version 1.0.
(See accompanying file LICENSE_1_0.txt or copy at
http://www.boost.org/LICENSE_1_0.txt)
*/
.global _jump_fcontext
.text
.align 2
_jump_fcontext:
mov 0x4(%esp),%ecx
mov %edi,(%ecx)
mov %esi,0x4(%ecx)
mov %ebx,0x8(%ecx)
mov %ebp,0xc(%ecx)
mov %fs:0x18,%edx
mov (%edx),%eax
mov %eax,0x24(%ecx)
mov 0x4(%edx),%eax
mov %eax,0x18(%ecx)
mov 0x8(%edx),%eax
mov %eax,0x20(%ecx)
mov 0x10(%edx),%eax
mov %eax,0x28(%ecx)
lea 0x4(%esp),%eax
mov %eax,0x10(%ecx)
mov (%esp),%eax
mov %eax,0x14(%ecx)
mov 0x8(%esp),%edx
mov (%edx),%edi
mov 0x4(%edx),%esi
mov 0x8(%edx),%ebx
mov 0xc(%edx),%ebp
mov 0x10(%esp),%eax
test %eax,%eax
je _jump_fcontext+0x5f
stmxcsr 0x2c(%ecx)
fnstcw 0x30(%ecx)
ldmxcsr 0x2c(%edx)
fldcw 0x30(%edx)
mov %edx,%ecx
mov %fs:0x18,%edx
mov 0x24(%ecx),%eax
mov %eax,(%edx)
mov 0x18(%ecx),%eax
mov %eax,0x4(%edx)
mov 0x20(%ecx),%eax
mov %eax,0x8(%edx)
mov 0x28(%ecx),%eax
mov %eax,0x10(%edx)
mov 0xc(%esp),%eax
mov 0x10(%ecx),%esp
mov %eax,0x4(%esp)
mov 0x14(%ecx),%ecx
jmp *%ecx

View File

@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
/*
Copyright Oliver Kowalke 2009.
Distributed under the Boost Software License, Version 1.0.
(See accompanying file LICENSE_1_0.txt or copy at
http://www.boost.org/LICENSE_1_0.txt)
*/
/********************************************************************
* *
* -------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | 0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | *
* -------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | 0x0 | 0x4 | 0x8 | 0xc | 0x10 | 0x14 | *
* -------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | EDI | ESI | EBX | EBP | ESP | EIP | *
* -------------------------------------------------------------- *
* -------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | 6 | 7 | | *
* -------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | 0x18 | 0x1c | | *
* -------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | sp | size | | *
* -------------------------------------------------------------- *
* -------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | 8 | 9 | | *
* -------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | 0x20 | 0x24 | | *
* -------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | fc_mxcsr|fc_x87_cw| | *
* -------------------------------------------------------------- *
* *
* *****************************************************************/
.text
.globl jump_fcontext
.align 2
.type jump_fcontext,@function
jump_fcontext:
movl 0x4(%esp), %ecx /* load address of the first fcontext_t arg */
movl %edi, (%ecx) /* save EDI */
movl %esi, 0x4(%ecx) /* save ESI */
movl %ebx, 0x8(%ecx) /* save EBX */
movl %ebp, 0xc(%ecx) /* save EBP */
leal 0x4(%esp), %eax /* exclude the return address */
movl %eax, 0x10(%ecx) /* save as stack pointer */
movl (%esp), %eax /* load return address */
movl %eax, 0x14(%ecx) /* save return address */
movl 0x8(%esp), %edx /* load address of the second fcontext_t arg */
movl (%edx), %edi /* restore EDI */
movl 0x4(%edx), %esi /* restore ESI */
movl 0x8(%edx), %ebx /* restore EBX */
movl 0xc(%edx), %ebp /* restore EBP */
movl 0x10(%esp), %eax /* check if fpu enve preserving was requested */
test %eax, %eax
je 1f
stmxcsr 0x20(%ecx) /* save MMX control and status word */
fnstcw 0x24(%ecx) /* save x87 control word */
ldmxcsr 0x20(%edx) /* restore MMX control and status word */
fldcw 0x24(%edx) /* restore x87 control word */
1:
movl 0xc(%esp), %eax /* use third arg as return value after jump */
movl 0x10(%edx), %esp /* restore ESP */
movl %eax, 0x4(%esp) /* use third arg as first arg in context function */
movl 0x14(%edx), %edx /* fetch the address to return to */
jmp *%edx /* indirect jump to context */
.size jump_fcontext,.-jump_fcontext

View File

@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
/*
Copyright Oliver Kowalke 2009.
Distributed under the Boost Software License, Version 1.0.
(See accompanying file LICENSE_1_0.txt or copy at
http://www.boost.org/LICENSE_1_0.txt)
*/
/********************************************************************
* *
* -------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | 0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | *
* -------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | 0x0 | 0x4 | 0x8 | 0xc | 0x10 | 0x14 | *
* -------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | EDI | ESI | EBX | EBP | ESP | EIP | *
* -------------------------------------------------------------- *
* -------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | 6 | 7 | | *
* -------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | 0x18 | 0x1c | | *
* -------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | sp | size | | *
* -------------------------------------------------------------- *
* -------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | 8 | 9 | | *
* -------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | 0x20 | 0x24 | | *
* -------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | fc_mxcsr|fc_x87_cw| | *
* -------------------------------------------------------------- *
* *
* *****************************************************************/
.text
.globl _jump_fcontext
.align 2
_jump_fcontext:
movl 0x4(%esp), %ecx /* load address of the first fcontext_t arg */
movl %edi, (%ecx) /* save EDI */
movl %esi, 0x4(%ecx) /* save ESI */
movl %ebx, 0x8(%ecx) /* save EBX */
movl %ebp, 0xc(%ecx) /* save EBP */
leal 0x4(%esp), %eax /* exclude the return address */
movl %eax, 0x10(%ecx) /* save as stack pointer */
movl (%esp), %eax /* load return address */
movl %eax, 0x14(%ecx) /* save return address */
movl 0x8(%esp), %edx /* load address of the second fcontext_t arg */
movl (%edx), %edi /* restore EDI */
movl 0x4(%edx), %esi /* restore ESI */
movl 0x8(%edx), %ebx /* restore EBX */
movl 0xc(%edx), %ebp /* restore EBP */
movl 0x10(%esp), %eax /* check if fpu enve preserving was requested */
test %eax, %eax
je 1f
stmxcsr 0x20(%ecx) /* save MMX control and status word */
fnstcw 0x24(%ecx) /* save x87 control word */
ldmxcsr 0x20(%edx) /* restore MMX control and status word */
fldcw 0x24(%edx) /* restore x87 control word */
1:
movl 0xc(%esp), %eax /* use third arg as return value after jump */
movl 0x10(%edx), %esp /* restore ESP */
movl %eax, 0x4(%esp) /* use third arg as first arg in context function */
movl 0x14(%edx), %edx /* fetch the address to return to */
jmp *%edx /* indirect jump to context */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
/*
Copyright Oliver Kowalke 2009.
Distributed under the Boost Software License, Version 1.0.
(See accompanying file LICENSE_1_0.txt or copy at
http://www.boost.org/LICENSE_1_0.txt)
*/
/****************************************************************************************
* *
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | 0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | *
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | 0x0 | 0x4 | 0x8 | 0xc | 0x10 | 0x14 | 0x18 | 0x1c | *
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | RBX | R12 | R13 | R14 | *
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- *
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | 8 | 9 | 10 | 11 | 12 | 13 | 14 | 15 | *
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | 0x20 | 0x24 | 0x28 | 0x2c | 0x30 | 0x34 | 0x38 | 0x3c | *
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | R15 | RBP | RSP | RIP | *
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- *
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | 16 | 17 | 18 | 19 | | *
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | 0x40 | 0x44 | 0x48 | 0x4c | | *
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | sp | size | | *
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- *
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | 20 | 21 | | *
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | 0x50 | 0x54 | | *
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | fc_mxcsr|fc_x87_cw| | *
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- *
* *
* **************************************************************************************/
.text
.globl jump_fcontext
.type jump_fcontext,@function
.align 8
jump_fcontext:
movq %rbx, (%rdi) /* save RBX */
movq %r12, 0x8(%rdi) /* save R12 */
movq %r13, 0x10(%rdi) /* save R13 */
movq %r14, 0x18(%rdi) /* save R14 */
movq %r15, 0x20(%rdi) /* save R15 */
movq %rbp, 0x28(%rdi) /* save RBP */
cmp $0, %rcx
je 1f
stmxcsr 0x50(%rdi) /* save MMX control and status word */
fnstcw 0x54(%rdi) /* save x87 control word */
ldmxcsr 0x50(%rsi) /* restore MMX control and status word */
fldcw 0x54(%rsi) /* restore x87 control word */
1:
leaq 0x8(%rsp), %rax /* exclude the return address and save as stack pointer */
movq %rax, 0x30(%rdi) /* save as stack pointer */
movq (%rsp), %rax /* save return address */
movq %rax, 0x38(%rdi) /* save return address as RIP */
movq (%rsi), %rbx /* restore RBX */
movq 0x8(%rsi), %r12 /* restore R12 */
movq 0x10(%rsi), %r13 /* restore R13 */
movq 0x18(%rsi), %r14 /* restore R14 */
movq 0x20(%rsi), %r15 /* restore R15 */
movq 0x28(%rsi), %rbp /* restore RBP */
movq 0x30(%rsi), %rsp /* restore RSP */
movq 0x38(%rsi), %rcx /* fetch the address to return to */
movq %rdx, %rax /* use third arg as return value after jump */
movq %rdx, %rdi /* use third arg as first arg in context function */
jmp *%rcx /* indirect jump to context */
.size jump_fcontext,.-jump_fcontext

View File

@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
/*
Copyright Oliver Kowalke 2009.
Distributed under the Boost Software License, Version 1.0.
(See accompanying file LICENSE_1_0.txt or copy at
http://www.boost.org/LICENSE_1_0.txt)
*/
/****************************************************************************************
* *
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | 0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | *
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | 0x0 | 0x4 | 0x8 | 0xc | 0x10 | 0x14 | 0x18 | 0x1c | *
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | RBX | R12 | R13 | R14 | *
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- *
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | 8 | 9 | 10 | 11 | 12 | 13 | 14 | 15 | *
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | 0x20 | 0x24 | 0x28 | 0x2c | 0x30 | 0x34 | 0x38 | 0x3c | *
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | R15 | RBP | RSP | RIP | *
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- *
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | 16 | 17 | 18 | 19 | | *
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | 0x40 | 0x44 | 0x48 | 0x4c | | *
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | sp | size | | *
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- *
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | 20 | 21 | | *
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | 0x50 | 0x54 | | *
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | fc_mxcsr|fc_x87_cw| | *
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- *
* *
* **************************************************************************************/
.text
.globl _jump_fcontext
.align 8
_jump_fcontext:
movq %rbx, (%rdi) /* save RBX */
movq %r12, 0x8(%rdi) /* save R12 */
movq %r13, 0x10(%rdi) /* save R13 */
movq %r14, 0x18(%rdi) /* save R14 */
movq %r15, 0x20(%rdi) /* save R15 */
movq %rbp, 0x28(%rdi) /* save RBP */
cmp $0, %rcx
je 1f
stmxcsr 0x50(%rdi) /* save MMX control and status word */
fnstcw 0x54(%rdi) /* save x87 control word */
ldmxcsr 0x50(%rsi) /* restore MMX control and status word */
fldcw 0x54(%rsi) /* restore x87 control word */
1:
leaq 0x8(%rsp), %rax /* exclude the return address and save as stack pointer */
movq %rax, 0x30(%rdi) /* save as stack pointer */
movq (%rsp), %rax /* save return address */
movq %rax, 0x38(%rdi) /* save return address as RIP */
movq (%rsi), %rbx /* restore RBX */
movq 0x8(%rsi), %r12 /* restore R12 */
movq 0x10(%rsi), %r13 /* restore R13 */
movq 0x18(%rsi), %r14 /* restore R14 */
movq 0x20(%rsi), %r15 /* restore R15 */
movq 0x28(%rsi), %rbp /* restore RBP */
movq 0x30(%rsi), %rsp /* restore RSP */
movq 0x38(%rsi), %rcx /* fetch the address to return to */
movq %rdx, %rax /* use third arg as return value after jump */
movq %rdx, %rdi /* use third arg as first arg in context function */
jmp *%rcx /* indirect jump to context */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
/* Copyright Oliver Kowalke 2009.
Distributed under the Boost Software License, Version 1.0.
(See accompanying file LICENSE_1_0.txt or copy at
http://www.boost.org/LICENSE_1_0.txt)
*/
.global _make_fcontext
.text
.align 2
_make_fcontext:
mov 0x4(%esp),%eax
lea -0x34(%eax),%eax
and $0xfffffff0,%eax
mov 0x4(%esp),%ecx
mov %ecx,0x18(%eax)
mov 0x8(%esp),%edx
mov %edx,0x1c(%eax)
neg %edx
lea (%edx,%ecx,1),%ecx
mov %ecx,0x20(%eax)
mov 0xc(%esp),%ecx
mov %ecx,0x14(%eax)
stmxcsr 0x2c(%eax)
fnstcw 0x30(%eax)
lea -0x1c(%eax),%edx
mov %edx,0x10(%eax)
mov $0x0,%ecx
mov %ecx,(%edx)
mov %fs:0x18,%ecx
mov (%ecx),%edx
inc %edx
je _make_fcontext+0x4c // <_make_fcontext+0x4c>
dec %edx
xchg %edx,%ecx
jmp _make_fcontext+0x42 // <_make_fcontext+0x42>
mov 0x4(%ecx),%ecx
mov 0x10(%eax),%edx
mov %ecx,0x18(%edx)
mov $0xffffffff,%ecx
mov %ecx,0x14(%edx)
lea 0x14(%edx),%ecx
mov %ecx,0x24(%eax)
ret
finish:
xor %eax,%eax
mov %eax,(%esp)
call finish+0xa
hlt

View File

@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
/*
Copyright Oliver Kowalke 2009.
Distributed under the Boost Software License, Version 1.0.
(See accompanying file LICENSE_1_0.txt or copy at
http://www.boost.org/LICENSE_1_0.txt)
*/
/********************************************************************
* *
* -------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | 0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | *
* -------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | 0x0 | 0x4 | 0x8 | 0xc | 0x10 | 0x14 | *
* -------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | EDI | ESI | EBX | EBP | ESP | EIP | *
* -------------------------------------------------------------- *
* -------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | 6 | 7 | | *
* -------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | 0x18 | 0x1c | | *
* -------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | sp | size | | *
* -------------------------------------------------------------- *
* -------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | 8 | 9 | | *
* -------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | 0x20 | 0x24 | | *
* -------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | fc_mxcsr|fc_x87_cw| | *
* -------------------------------------------------------------- *
* *
* *****************************************************************/
.text
.globl make_fcontext
.align 2
.type make_fcontext,@function
make_fcontext:
movl 0x4(%esp), %eax /* load 1. arg of make_fcontext, pointer to context stack (base) */
leal -0x28(%eax), %eax /* reserve space for fcontext_t at top of context stack */
/* shift address in EAX to lower 16 byte boundary */
/* == pointer to fcontext_t and address of context stack */
andl $-16, %eax
movl 0x4(%esp), %edx /* load 1. arg of make_fcontext, pointer to context stack (base) */
movl %edx, 0x18(%eax) /* save address of context stack (base) in fcontext_t */
movl 0x8(%esp), %edx /* load 2. arg of make_fcontext, context stack size */
movl %edx, 0x1c(%eax) /* save stack size in fcontext_t */
movl 0xc(%esp), %edx /* load 3. arg of make_fcontext, pointer to context function */
movl %edx, 0x14(%eax) /* save address of context function in fcontext_t */
stmxcsr 0x20(%eax) /* save MMX control and status word */
fnstcw 0x24(%eax) /* save x87 control word */
leal -0x8(%eax), %edx /* reserve space for the last frame on context stack; (ESP - 0x4) % 16 == 0 */
movl %edx, 0x10(%eax) /* save address in EDX as stack pointer for context function */
call 1f
1: popl %ecx /* address of label 2 */
addl $finish-1b, %ecx /* compute abs address of label finish */
movl %ecx, (%edx) /* save address of finish as return address for context functions */
/* entered after context function returns */
ret
finish:
/* ESP points to same address as ESP on entry of context function + 0x4 */
call 2f
2: popl %ebx /* address of label 3 */
addl $_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_+[.-2b], %ebx /* compute address of GOT and store it in EBX */
xorl %eax, %eax
movl %eax, (%esp) /* exit code is zero */
call _exit@PLT /* exit application */
hlt
.size make_fcontext,.-make_fcontext

View File

@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
/*
Copyright Oliver Kowalke 2009.
Distributed under the Boost Software License, Version 1.0.
(See accompanying file LICENSE_1_0.txt or copy at
http://www.boost.org/LICENSE_1_0.txt)
*/
/********************************************************************
* *
* -------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | 0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | *
* -------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | 0x0 | 0x4 | 0x8 | 0xc | 0x10 | 0x14 | *
* -------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | EDI | ESI | EBX | EBP | ESP | EIP | *
* -------------------------------------------------------------- *
* -------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | 6 | 7 | | *
* -------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | 0x18 | 0x1c | | *
* -------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | sp | size | | *
* -------------------------------------------------------------- *
* -------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | 8 | 9 | | *
* -------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | 0x20 | 0x24 | | *
* -------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | fc_mxcsr|fc_x87_cw| | *
* -------------------------------------------------------------- *
* *
* *****************************************************************/
.text
.globl _make_fcontext
.align 2
_make_fcontext:
movl 0x4(%esp), %eax /* load 1. arg of make_fcontext, pointer to context stack (base) */
leal -0x28(%eax), %eax /* reserve space for fcontext_t at top of context stack */
/* shift address in EAX to lower 16 byte boundary */
/* == pointer to fcontext_t and address of context stack */
andl $-16, %eax
movl 0x4(%esp), %edx /* load 1. arg of make_fcontext, pointer to context stack (base) */
movl %edx, 0x18(%eax) /* save address of stack pointer (base) in fcontext_t */
movl 0x8(%esp), %edx /* load 2. arg of make_fcontext, context stack size */
movl %edx, 0x1c(%eax) /* save stack size in fcontext_t */
movl 0xc(%esp), %edx /* load 3. arg of make_fcontext, pointer to context function */
movl %edx, 0x14(%eax) /* save address of context fcuntion in fcontext_t */
stmxcsr 0x20(%eax) /* save MMX control and status word */
fnstcw 0x24(%eax) /* save x87 control word */
leal -0x14(%eax), %edx /* reserve space for the last frame on context stack */
movl %edx, 0x10(%eax) /* save address in EDX as stack pointer for context function */
call 1f
1: popl %ecx /* address of label 1 */
addl $finish-1b, %ecx /* compute abs address of label finish */
movl %ecx, (%edx) /* save address of finish as return address for context function */
/* entered after context function returns */
ret
finish:
/* ESP points to same address as ESP on entry of context function + 0x4 */
xorl %eax, %eax
movl %eax, (%esp) /* exit code is zero */
call __exit /* exit application */
hlt

View File

@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
/*
Copyright Oliver Kowalke 2009.
Distributed under the Boost Software License, Version 1.0.
(See accompanying file LICENSE_1_0.txt or copy at
http://www.boost.org/LICENSE_1_0.txt)
*/
/****************************************************************************************
* *
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | 0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | *
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | 0x0 | 0x4 | 0x8 | 0xc | 0x10 | 0x14 | 0x18 | 0x1c | *
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | RBX | R12 | R13 | R14 | *
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- *
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | 8 | 9 | 10 | 11 | 12 | 13 | 14 | 15 | *
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | 0x20 | 0x24 | 0x28 | 0x2c | 0x30 | 0x34 | 0x38 | 0x3c | *
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | R15 | RBP | RSP | RIP | *
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- *
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | 16 | 17 | 18 | 19 | | *
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | 0x40 | 0x44 | 0x48 | 0x4c | | *
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | sp | size | | *
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- *
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | 20 | 21 | | *
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | 0x50 | 0x54 | | *
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | fc_mxcsr|fc_x87_cw| | *
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- *
* *
* **************************************************************************************/
.text
.globl make_fcontext
#ifndef __APPLE__
.type make_fcontext,@function
#endif
.align 8
make_fcontext:
leaq -0x58(%rdi), %rax /* reserve space for fcontext_t at top of context stack */
/* shift address in RAX to lower 16 byte boundary */
/* == pointer to fcontext_t and address of context stack */
andq $-16, %rax
movq %rdi, 0x40(%rax) /* save address of context stack pointer (base) in fcontext_t */
movq %rsi, 0x48(%rax) /* save context stack size in fcontext_t */
movq %rdx, 0x38(%rax) /* save address of context function in fcontext_t */
stmxcsr 0x50(%rax) /* save MMX control and status word */
fnstcw 0x54(%rax) /* save x87 control word */
leaq -0x8(%rax), %rdx /* reserve space for the return address on context stack, (RSP - 0x8) % 16 == 0 */
movq %rdx, 0x30(%rax) /* save address in RDX as stack pointer for context function */
leaq finish(%rip), %rcx /* compute abs address of label finish */
movq %rcx, (%rdx) /* save address of finish as return address for context function */
/* entered after context function returns */
ret /* return pointer to fcontext_t placed on context stack */
finish:
/* RSP points to same address as RSP on entry of context function + 0x8 */
xorq %rdi, %rdi /* exit code is zero */
call _exit@PLT /* exit application */
hlt
#ifndef __APPLE__
.size make_fcontext,.-make_fcontext
#endif

View File

@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
/*
Copyright Oliver Kowalke 2009.
Distributed under the Boost Software License, Version 1.0.
(See accompanying file LICENSE_1_0.txt or copy at
http://www.boost.org/LICENSE_1_0.txt)
*/
/****************************************************************************************
* *
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | 0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | *
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | 0x0 | 0x4 | 0x8 | 0xc | 0x10 | 0x14 | 0x18 | 0x1c | *
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | RBX | R12 | R13 | R14 | *
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- *
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | 8 | 9 | 10 | 11 | 12 | 13 | 14 | 15 | *
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | 0x20 | 0x24 | 0x28 | 0x2c | 0x30 | 0x34 | 0x38 | 0x3c | *
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | R15 | RBP | RSP | RIP | *
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- *
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | 16 | 17 | 18 | 19 | | *
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | 0x40 | 0x44 | 0x48 | 0x4c | | *
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | sp | size | | *
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- *
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | 20 | 21 | | *
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | 0x50 | 0x54 | | *
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- *
* | fc_mxcsr|fc_x87_cw| | *
* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- *
* *
* **************************************************************************************/
.text
.globl _make_fcontext
.align 8
_make_fcontext:
leaq -0x58(%rdi), %rax /* reserve space for fcontext_t at top of context stack */
/* shift address in RAX to lower 16 byte boundary */
/* == pointer to fcontext_t and address of context stack */
movabs $-16, %r8
andq %r8, %rax
movq %rdi, 0x40(%rax) /* save address of stack pointer (base) in fcontext_t */
movq %rsi, 0x48(%rax) /* save stack size in fcontext_t */
movq %rdx, 0x38(%rax) /* save address of context function in fcontext_t */
stmxcsr 0x50(%rax) /* save MMX control and status word */
fnstcw 0x54(%rax) /* save x87 control word */
leaq -0x8(%rax), %rdx /* reserve space for the return address on context stack, (RSP - 0x8) % 16 == 0 */
movq %rdx, 0x30(%rax) /* save address in RDX as stack pointer for context function */
leaq finish(%rip), %rcx /* compute abs address of label finish */
movq %rcx, (%rdx) /* save address of finish as return address for context function */
/* entered after context function returns */
ret /* return pointer to fcontext_t placed on context stack */
finish:
/* RSP points to same address as RSP on entry of context function + 0x8 */
xorq %rdi, %rdi /* exit code is zero */
call __exit /* exit application */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
/*
* This program source code file is part of KiCad, a free EDA CAD application.
*
* Copyright (C) 2013 CERN
* @author Maciej Suminski <maciej.suminski@cern.ch>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
* as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
* of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, you may find one here:
* http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.html
* or you may search the http://www.gnu.org website for the version 2 license,
* or you may write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
* 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
*/
#include <tool/action_manager.h>
#include <tool/tool_manager.h>
#include <tool/tool_event.h>
#include <tool/tool_action.h>
#include <cassert>
ACTION_MANAGER::ACTION_MANAGER( TOOL_MANAGER* aToolManager ) :
m_toolMgr( aToolManager )
{
}
void ACTION_MANAGER::RegisterAction( TOOL_ACTION* aAction )
{
assert( aAction->GetId() == -1 ); // Check if the TOOL_ACTION was not registered before
aAction->setId( MakeActionId( aAction->m_name ) );
m_actionNameIndex[aAction->m_name] = aAction;
m_actionIdIndex[aAction->m_id] = aAction;
if( aAction->HasHotKey() )
m_actionHotKeys[aAction->m_currentHotKey] = aAction;
aAction->setActionMgr( this );
}
void ACTION_MANAGER::UnregisterAction( TOOL_ACTION* aAction )
{
// Indicate that the ACTION_MANAGER no longer care about the object
aAction->setActionMgr( NULL );
aAction->setId( -1 );
m_actionNameIndex.erase( aAction->m_name );
m_actionIdIndex.erase( aAction->m_id );
if( aAction->HasHotKey() )
m_actionHotKeys.erase( aAction->m_currentHotKey );
}
int ACTION_MANAGER::MakeActionId( const std::string& aActionName )
{
static int currentActionId = 1;
return currentActionId++;
}
bool ACTION_MANAGER::RunAction( const std::string& aActionName ) const
{
std::map<std::string, TOOL_ACTION*>::const_iterator it = m_actionNameIndex.find( aActionName );
if( it == m_actionNameIndex.end() )
return false; // no action with given name found
runAction( it->second );
return true;
}
bool ACTION_MANAGER::RunHotKey( int aHotKey ) const
{
std::map<int, TOOL_ACTION*>::const_iterator it = m_actionHotKeys.find( aHotKey );
if( it == m_actionHotKeys.end() )
return false; // no appropriate action found for the hotkey
runAction( it->second );
return true;
}
void ACTION_MANAGER::runAction( const TOOL_ACTION* aAction ) const
{
TOOL_EVENT event = aAction->MakeEvent();
m_toolMgr->ProcessEvent( event );
}

View File

@ -0,0 +1,182 @@
/*
* This program source code file is part of KiCad, a free EDA CAD application.
*
* Copyright (C) 2013 CERN
* @author Tomasz Wlostowski <tomasz.wlostowski@cern.ch>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
* as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
* of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, you may find one here:
* http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.html
* or you may search the http://www.gnu.org website for the version 2 license,
* or you may write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
* 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
*/
#include <tool/tool_event.h>
#include <tool/tool_manager.h>
#include <tool/tool_interactive.h>
#include <tool/context_menu.h>
#include <cassert>
CONTEXT_MENU::CONTEXT_MENU() :
m_titleSet( false ), m_handler( this ), m_tool( NULL )
{
m_menu.Connect( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT, wxEventHandler( CMEventHandler::onEvent ),
NULL, &m_handler );
m_menu.Connect( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, wxEventHandler( CMEventHandler::onEvent ),
NULL, &m_handler );
// Workaround for the case when mouse cursor never reaches menu (it hangs up tools using menu)
wxMenuEvent menuEvent( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT, -1, &m_menu );
m_menu.AddPendingEvent( menuEvent );
}
CONTEXT_MENU::CONTEXT_MENU( const CONTEXT_MENU& aMenu ) :
m_titleSet( aMenu.m_titleSet ), m_handler( this ), m_tool( aMenu.m_tool )
{
m_menu.Connect( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT, wxEventHandler( CMEventHandler::onEvent ),
NULL, &m_handler );
m_menu.Connect( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, wxEventHandler( CMEventHandler::onEvent ),
NULL, &m_handler );
// Workaround for the case when mouse cursor never reaches menu (it hangs up tools using menu)
wxMenuEvent menuEvent( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT, -1, &m_menu );
m_menu.AddPendingEvent( menuEvent );
// Copy all the menu entries
for( unsigned i = 0; i < aMenu.m_menu.GetMenuItemCount(); ++i )
{
wxMenuItem* item = aMenu.m_menu.FindItemByPosition( i );
m_menu.Append( new wxMenuItem( &m_menu, item->GetId(), item->GetItemLabel(),
wxEmptyString, wxITEM_NORMAL ) );
}
// Copy tool actions that are available to choose from context menu
m_toolActions = aMenu.m_toolActions;
}
void CONTEXT_MENU::SetTitle( const wxString& aTitle )
{
// TODO handle an empty string (remove title and separator)
// Unfortunately wxMenu::SetTitle() does nothing..
if( m_titleSet )
{
m_menu.FindItemByPosition( 0 )->SetItemLabel( aTitle );
}
else
{
m_menu.InsertSeparator( 0 );
m_menu.Insert( 0, new wxMenuItem( &m_menu, -1, aTitle, wxEmptyString, wxITEM_NORMAL ) );
m_titleSet = true;
}
}
void CONTEXT_MENU::Add( const wxString& aLabel, int aId )
{
#ifdef DEBUG
if( m_menu.FindItem( aId ) != NULL )
wxLogWarning( wxT( "Adding more than one menu entry with the same ID may result in"
"undefined behaviour" ) );
#endif
m_menu.Append( new wxMenuItem( &m_menu, aId, aLabel, wxEmptyString, wxITEM_NORMAL ) );
}
void CONTEXT_MENU::Add( const TOOL_ACTION& aAction )
{
/// ID numbers for tool actions need to have a value higher than m_actionId
int id = m_actionId + aAction.GetId();
wxString menuEntry;
if( aAction.HasHotKey() )
menuEntry = wxString( ( aAction.GetMenuItem() + '\t' +
getHotKeyDescription( aAction ) ).c_str(), wxConvUTF8 );
else
menuEntry = wxString( aAction.GetMenuItem().c_str(), wxConvUTF8 );
m_menu.Append( new wxMenuItem( &m_menu, id, menuEntry,
wxString( aAction.GetDescription().c_str(), wxConvUTF8 ), wxITEM_NORMAL ) );
m_toolActions[id] = &aAction;
}
void CONTEXT_MENU::Clear()
{
m_titleSet = false;
// Remove all the entries from context menu
for( unsigned i = 0; i < m_menu.GetMenuItemCount(); ++i )
m_menu.Destroy( m_menu.FindItemByPosition( 0 ) );
m_toolActions.clear();
}
std::string CONTEXT_MENU::getHotKeyDescription( const TOOL_ACTION& aAction ) const
{
int hotkey = aAction.GetHotKey();
std::string description = "";
if( hotkey & MD_ALT )
description += "ALT+";
if( hotkey & MD_CTRL )
description += "CTRL+";
if( hotkey & MD_SHIFT )
description += "SHIFT+";
// TODO dispatch keys such as Fx, TAB, PG_UP/DN, HOME, END, etc.
description += char( hotkey & ~MD_MODIFIER_MASK );
return description;
}
void CONTEXT_MENU::CMEventHandler::onEvent( wxEvent& aEvent )
{
TOOL_EVENT evt;
wxEventType type = aEvent.GetEventType();
// When the currently chosen item in the menu is changed, an update event is issued.
// For example, the selection tool can use this to dynamically highlight the current item
// from selection clarification popup.
if( type == wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT )
evt = TOOL_EVENT( TC_COMMAND, TA_CONTEXT_MENU_UPDATE, aEvent.GetId() );
// One of menu entries was selected..
else if( type == wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED )
{
// Check if there is a TOOL_ACTION for the given ID
if( m_menu->m_toolActions.count( aEvent.GetId() ) == 1 )
{
evt = m_menu->m_toolActions[aEvent.GetId()]->MakeEvent();
}
else
{
// Handling non-action menu entries (e.g. items in clarification list)
evt = TOOL_EVENT( TC_COMMAND, TA_CONTEXT_MENU_CHOICE, aEvent.GetId() );
}
}
// forward the action/update event to the TOOL_MANAGER
if( m_menu->m_tool )
m_menu->m_tool->GetManager()->ProcessEvent( evt );
}

49
common/tool/tool_base.cpp Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
/*
* This program source code file is part of KiCad, a free EDA CAD application.
*
* Copyright (C) 2013 CERN
* @author Tomasz Wlostowski <tomasz.wlostowski@cern.ch>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
* as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
* of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, you may find one here:
* http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.html
* or you may search the http://www.gnu.org website for the version 2 license,
* or you may write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
* 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
*/
#include <tool/tool_event.h>
#include <tool/tool_manager.h>
KIGFX::VIEW* TOOL_BASE::getView() const
{
return m_toolMgr->GetView();
}
KIGFX::VIEW_CONTROLS* TOOL_BASE::getViewControls() const
{
return m_toolMgr->GetViewControls();
}
wxWindow* TOOL_BASE::getEditFrameInt() const
{
return m_toolMgr->GetEditFrame();
}
EDA_ITEM* TOOL_BASE::getModelInt() const
{
return m_toolMgr->GetModel();
}

View File

@ -0,0 +1,280 @@
/*
* This program source code file is part of KiCad, a free EDA CAD application.
*
* Copyright (C) 2013 CERN
* @author Tomasz Wlostowski <tomasz.wlostowski@cern.ch>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
* as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
* of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, you may find one here:
* http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.html
* or you may search the http://www.gnu.org website for the version 2 license,
* or you may write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
* 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
*/
#include <wxPcbStruct.h>
#include <wxBasePcbFrame.h>
#include <tool/tool_manager.h>
#include <tool/tool_dispatcher.h>
#include <view/view.h>
#include <view/wx_view_controls.h>
#include <class_drawpanel_gal.h>
#include <pcbnew_id.h>
#include <boost/optional.hpp>
#include <boost/foreach.hpp>
using boost::optional;
///> Stores information about a mouse button state
struct TOOL_DISPATCHER::BUTTON_STATE
{
BUTTON_STATE( TOOL_MOUSE_BUTTONS aButton, const wxEventType& aDownEvent,
const wxEventType& aUpEvent ) :
button( aButton ),
downEvent( aDownEvent ),
upEvent( aUpEvent )
{};
///> Flag indicating that dragging is active for the given button.
bool dragging;
///> Flag indicating that the given button is pressed.
bool pressed;
///> Point where dragging has started (in world coordinates).
VECTOR2D dragOrigin;
///> Point where click event has occurred.
VECTOR2D downPosition;
///> Difference between drag origin point and current mouse position (expressed as distance in
///> pixels).
double dragMaxDelta;
///> Determines the mouse button for which information are stored.
TOOL_MOUSE_BUTTONS button;
///> The type of wxEvent that determines mouse button press.
wxEventType downEvent;
///> The type of wxEvent that determines mouse button release.
wxEventType upEvent;
///> Time stamp for the last mouse button press event.
wxLongLong downTimestamp;
///> Restores initial state.
void Reset()
{
dragging = false;
pressed = false;
}
};
TOOL_DISPATCHER::TOOL_DISPATCHER( TOOL_MANAGER* aToolMgr, PCB_BASE_FRAME* aEditFrame ) :
m_toolMgr( aToolMgr ), m_editFrame( aEditFrame )
{
m_buttons.push_back( new BUTTON_STATE( BUT_LEFT, wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN, wxEVT_LEFT_UP ) );
m_buttons.push_back( new BUTTON_STATE( BUT_RIGHT, wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN, wxEVT_RIGHT_UP ) );
m_buttons.push_back( new BUTTON_STATE( BUT_MIDDLE, wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN, wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP ) );
ResetState();
}
TOOL_DISPATCHER::~TOOL_DISPATCHER()
{
BOOST_FOREACH( BUTTON_STATE* st, m_buttons )
delete st;
}
void TOOL_DISPATCHER::ResetState()
{
BOOST_FOREACH( BUTTON_STATE* st, m_buttons )
st->Reset();
}
KIGFX::VIEW* TOOL_DISPATCHER::getView()
{
return m_editFrame->GetGalCanvas()->GetView();
}
bool TOOL_DISPATCHER::handleMouseButton( wxEvent& aEvent, int aIndex, bool aMotion )
{
BUTTON_STATE* st = m_buttons[aIndex];
wxEventType type = aEvent.GetEventType();
optional<TOOL_EVENT> evt;
bool isClick = false;
bool up = type == st->upEvent;
bool down = type == st->downEvent;
int mods = decodeModifiers<wxMouseEvent>( static_cast<wxMouseEvent*>( &aEvent ) );
int args = st->button | mods;
if( down ) // Handle mouse button press
{
st->downTimestamp = wxGetLocalTimeMillis();
st->dragOrigin = m_lastMousePos;
st->downPosition = m_lastMousePos;
st->dragMaxDelta = 0;
st->pressed = true;
evt = TOOL_EVENT( TC_MOUSE, TA_MOUSE_DOWN, args );
}
else if( up ) // Handle mouse button release
{
st->pressed = false;
if( st->dragging )
{
wxLongLong t = wxGetLocalTimeMillis();
// Determine if it was just a single click or beginning of dragging
if( t - st->downTimestamp < DragTimeThreshold &&
st->dragMaxDelta < DragDistanceThreshold )
isClick = true;
else
evt = TOOL_EVENT( TC_MOUSE, TA_MOUSE_UP, args );
}
else
isClick = true;
if( isClick )
evt = TOOL_EVENT( TC_MOUSE, TA_MOUSE_CLICK, args );
st->dragging = false;
}
if( st->pressed && aMotion )
{
st->dragging = true;
double dragPixelDistance =
getView()->ToScreen( m_lastMousePos - st->dragOrigin, false ).EuclideanNorm();
st->dragMaxDelta = std::max( st->dragMaxDelta, dragPixelDistance );
wxLongLong t = wxGetLocalTimeMillis();
if( t - st->downTimestamp > DragTimeThreshold || st->dragMaxDelta > DragDistanceThreshold )
{
evt = TOOL_EVENT( TC_MOUSE, TA_MOUSE_DRAG, args );
evt->SetMouseDragOrigin( st->dragOrigin );
evt->SetMouseDelta( m_lastMousePos - st->dragOrigin );
}
}
if( evt )
{
evt->SetMousePosition( isClick ? st->downPosition : m_lastMousePos );
m_toolMgr->ProcessEvent( *evt );
return true;
}
return false;
}
void TOOL_DISPATCHER::DispatchWxEvent( wxEvent& aEvent )
{
bool motion = false, buttonEvents = false;
optional<TOOL_EVENT> evt;
int type = aEvent.GetEventType();
// Mouse handling
if( type == wxEVT_MOTION || type == wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL ||
type == wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN || type == wxEVT_LEFT_UP ||
type == wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN || type == wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP ||
type == wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN || type == wxEVT_RIGHT_UP ||
// Event issued whem mouse retains position in screen coordinates,
// but changes in world coordinates (eg. autopanning)
type == KIGFX::WX_VIEW_CONTROLS::EVT_REFRESH_MOUSE )
{
VECTOR2D screenPos = m_toolMgr->GetViewControls()->GetCursorPosition();
VECTOR2D pos = getView()->ToWorld( screenPos );
if( pos != m_lastMousePos || type == KIGFX::WX_VIEW_CONTROLS::EVT_REFRESH_MOUSE )
{
motion = true;
m_lastMousePos = pos;
}
for( unsigned int i = 0; i < m_buttons.size(); i++ )
buttonEvents |= handleMouseButton( aEvent, i, motion );
if( !buttonEvents && motion )
{
evt = TOOL_EVENT( TC_MOUSE, TA_MOUSE_MOTION );
evt->SetMousePosition( pos );
}
}
// Keyboard handling
else if( type == wxEVT_KEY_UP || type == wxEVT_KEY_DOWN )
{
wxKeyEvent* ke = static_cast<wxKeyEvent*>( &aEvent );
int key = ke->GetKeyCode();
int mods = decodeModifiers<wxKeyEvent>( ke );
if( type == wxEVT_KEY_UP )
{
if( key == WXK_ESCAPE ) // ESC is the special key for cancelling tools
evt = TOOL_EVENT( TC_COMMAND, TA_CANCEL_TOOL );
else
evt = TOOL_EVENT( TC_KEYBOARD, TA_KEY_UP, key | mods );
}
else
{
evt = TOOL_EVENT( TC_KEYBOARD, TA_KEY_DOWN, key | mods );
}
}
if( evt )
m_toolMgr->ProcessEvent( *evt );
// pass the event to the GUI, it might still be interested in it
aEvent.Skip();
}
void TOOL_DISPATCHER::DispatchWxCommand( const wxCommandEvent& aEvent )
{
bool activateTool = false;
std::string toolName;
// fixme: use TOOL_ACTIONs here
switch( aEvent.GetId() )
{
case ID_PNS_ROUTER_TOOL:
toolName = "pcbnew.InteractiveRouter";
activateTool = true;
break;
case ID_SELECTION_TOOL:
toolName = "pcbnew.InteractiveSelection";
activateTool = true;
break;
}
// do nothing if the legacy view is active
if( activateTool && m_editFrame->IsGalCanvasActive() )
m_toolMgr->InvokeTool( toolName );
}

162
common/tool/tool_event.cpp Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
/*
* This program source code file is part of KiCad, a free EDA CAD application.
*
* Copyright (C) 2013 CERN
* @author Tomasz Wlostowski <tomasz.wlostowski@cern.ch>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
* as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
* of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, you may find one here:
* http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.html
* or you may search the http://www.gnu.org website for the version 2 license,
* or you may write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
* 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
*/
#include <cstring>
#include <string>
#include <tool/tool_event.h>
#include <tool/tool_action.h>
#include <tool/tool_manager.h>
#include <boost/foreach.hpp>
using namespace std;
struct FlagString
{
int flag;
std::string str;
};
static const std::string flag2string( int aFlag, const FlagString* aExps )
{
std::string rv;
for( int i = 0; aExps[i].str.length(); i++ )
{
if( aExps[i].flag & aFlag )
rv += aExps[i].str + " ";
}
return rv;
}
bool TOOL_EVENT::IsAction( const TOOL_ACTION* aAction ) const
{
return Matches( aAction->MakeEvent() );
}
const std::string TOOL_EVENT::Format() const
{
std::string ev;
const FlagString categories[] =
{
{ TC_MOUSE, "mouse" },
{ TC_KEYBOARD, "keyboard" },
{ TC_COMMAND, "command" },
{ TC_MESSAGE, "message" },
{ TC_VIEW, "view" },
{ 0, "" }
};
const FlagString actions[] =
{
{ TA_MOUSE_CLICK, "click" },
{ TA_MOUSE_UP, "button-up" },
{ TA_MOUSE_DOWN, "button-down" },
{ TA_MOUSE_DRAG, "drag" },
{ TA_MOUSE_MOTION, "motion" },
{ TA_MOUSE_WHEEL, "wheel" },
{ TA_KEY_UP, "key-up" },
{ TA_KEY_DOWN, "key-down" },
{ TA_VIEW_REFRESH, "view-refresh" },
{ TA_VIEW_ZOOM, "view-zoom" },
{ TA_VIEW_PAN, "view-pan" },
{ TA_VIEW_DIRTY, "view-dirty" },
{ TA_CHANGE_LAYER, "change-layer" },
{ TA_CANCEL_TOOL, "cancel-tool" },
{ TA_CONTEXT_MENU_UPDATE, "context-menu-update" },
{ TA_CONTEXT_MENU_CHOICE, "context-menu-choice" },
{ TA_ACTION, "action" },
{ 0, "" }
};
const FlagString buttons[] =
{
{ BUT_NONE, "none" },
{ BUT_LEFT, "left" },
{ BUT_RIGHT, "right" },
{ BUT_MIDDLE, "middle" },
{ 0, "" }
};
const FlagString modifiers[] =
{
{ MD_SHIFT, "shift" },
{ MD_CTRL, "ctrl" },
{ MD_ALT, "alt" },
{ 0, "" }
};
ev = "category: ";
ev += flag2string( m_category, categories );
ev += " action: ";
ev += flag2string( m_actions, actions );
if( m_actions & TA_MOUSE )
{
ev += " btns: ";
ev += flag2string( m_mouseButtons, buttons );
}
if( m_actions & TA_KEYBOARD )
{
char tmp[128];
sprintf( tmp, "key: %d", m_keyCode );
ev += tmp;
}
if( m_actions & ( TA_MOUSE | TA_KEYBOARD ) )
{
ev += " mods: ";
ev += flag2string( m_modifiers, modifiers );
}
if( m_commandId )
{
char tmp[128];
sprintf( tmp, "cmd-id: %d", *m_commandId );
ev += tmp;
}
if( m_commandStr )
ev += "cmd-str: " + ( *m_commandStr );
return ev;
}
const std::string TOOL_EVENT_LIST::Format() const
{
string s;
BOOST_FOREACH( TOOL_EVENT e, m_events )
s += e.Format() + " ";
return s;
}

View File

@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
/*
* This program source code file is part of KiCad, a free EDA CAD application.
*
* Copyright (C) 2013 CERN
* @author Tomasz Wlostowski <tomasz.wlostowski@cern.ch>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
* as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
* of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, you may find one here:
* http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.html
* or you may search the http://www.gnu.org website for the version 2 license,
* or you may write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
* 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
*/
#include <string>
#include <tool/tool_event.h>
#include <tool/tool_manager.h>
#include <tool/tool_interactive.h>
#include <tool/context_menu.h>
TOOL_INTERACTIVE::TOOL_INTERACTIVE( TOOL_ID aId, const std::string& aName ) :
TOOL_BASE( INTERACTIVE, aId, aName )
{
}
TOOL_INTERACTIVE::TOOL_INTERACTIVE( const std::string& aName ) :
TOOL_BASE( INTERACTIVE, TOOL_MANAGER::MakeToolId( aName ), aName )
{
}
TOOL_INTERACTIVE::~TOOL_INTERACTIVE()
{
}
OPT_TOOL_EVENT TOOL_INTERACTIVE::Wait( const TOOL_EVENT_LIST& aEventList )
{
return m_toolMgr->ScheduleWait( this, aEventList );
}
void TOOL_INTERACTIVE::goInternal( TOOL_STATE_FUNC& aState, const TOOL_EVENT_LIST& aConditions )
{
m_toolMgr->ScheduleNextState( this, aState, aConditions );
}
void TOOL_INTERACTIVE::SetContextMenu( CONTEXT_MENU* aMenu, CONTEXT_MENU_TRIGGER aTrigger )
{
aMenu->setTool( this );
m_toolMgr->ScheduleContextMenu( this, aMenu, aTrigger );
}

View File

@ -0,0 +1,513 @@
/*
* This program source code file is part of KiCad, a free EDA CAD application.
*
* Copyright (C) 2013 CERN
* @author Tomasz Wlostowski <tomasz.wlostowski@cern.ch>
* @author Maciej Suminski <maciej.suminski@cern.ch>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
* as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
* of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, you may find one here:
* http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.html
* or you may search the http://www.gnu.org website for the version 2 license,
* or you may write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
* 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
*/
#include <map>
#include <deque>
#include <boost/foreach.hpp>
#include <boost/scoped_ptr.hpp>
#include <boost/optional.hpp>
#include <boost/range/adaptor/map.hpp>
#include <wx/event.h>
#include <view/view.h>
#include <tool/tool_base.h>
#include <tool/tool_interactive.h>
#include <tool/tool_manager.h>
#include <tool/context_menu.h>
#include <tool/coroutine.h>
#include <tool/action_manager.h>
#include <wxPcbStruct.h>
#include <class_drawpanel_gal.h>
using boost::optional;
using namespace std;
/// Struct describing the current execution state of a TOOL
struct TOOL_MANAGER::TOOL_STATE
{
/// The tool itself
TOOL_BASE* theTool;
/// Is the tool active (pending execution) or disabled at the moment
bool idle;
/// Flag defining if the tool is waiting for any event (i.e. if it
/// issued a Wait() call).
bool pendingWait;
/// Is there a context menu being displayed
bool pendingContextMenu;
/// Context menu currently used by the tool
CONTEXT_MENU* contextMenu;
/// Defines when the context menu is opened
CONTEXT_MENU_TRIGGER contextMenuTrigger;
/// Tool execution context
COROUTINE<int, TOOL_EVENT&>* cofunc;
/// The event that triggered the execution/wakeup of the tool after Wait() call
TOOL_EVENT wakeupEvent;
/// List of events the tool is currently waiting for
TOOL_EVENT_LIST waitEvents;
/// List of possible transitions (ie. association of events and state handlers that are executed
/// upon the event reception
std::vector<TRANSITION> transitions;
bool operator==( const TOOL_MANAGER::TOOL_STATE& aRhs ) const
{
return aRhs.theTool == this->theTool;
}
bool operator!=( const TOOL_MANAGER::TOOL_STATE& aRhs ) const
{
return aRhs.theTool != this->theTool;
}
};
TOOL_MANAGER::TOOL_MANAGER() :
m_model( NULL ), m_view( NULL )
{
m_actionMgr = new ACTION_MANAGER( this );
}
TOOL_MANAGER::~TOOL_MANAGER()
{
std::map<TOOL_BASE*, TOOL_STATE*>::iterator it, it_end;
for( it = m_toolState.begin(), it_end = m_toolState.end(); it != it_end; ++it )
{
delete it->second->cofunc; // delete cofunction
delete it->second; // delete TOOL_STATE
delete it->first; // delete the tool itself
}
delete m_actionMgr;
}
void TOOL_MANAGER::RegisterTool( TOOL_BASE* aTool )
{
TOOL_STATE* st = new TOOL_STATE;
st->theTool = aTool;
st->idle = true;
st->pendingWait = false;
st->pendingContextMenu = false;
st->cofunc = NULL;
st->contextMenuTrigger = CMENU_OFF;
m_toolState[aTool] = st;
m_toolNameIndex[aTool->GetName()] = st;
m_toolIdIndex[aTool->GetId()] = st;
aTool->m_toolMgr = this;
if( aTool->GetType() == INTERACTIVE )
{
bool initState = static_cast<TOOL_INTERACTIVE*>( aTool )->Init();
if( !initState )
{
wxLogError( wxT( "Initialization of the %s tool failed" ), aTool->GetName().c_str() );
// Unregister the tool
m_toolState.erase( aTool );
m_toolNameIndex.erase( aTool->GetName() );
m_toolIdIndex.erase( aTool->GetId() );
delete st;
delete aTool;
}
}
}
bool TOOL_MANAGER::InvokeTool( TOOL_ID aToolId )
{
TOOL_BASE* tool = FindTool( aToolId );
if( tool && tool->GetType() == INTERACTIVE )
return invokeTool( tool );
return false; // there is no tool with the given id
}
bool TOOL_MANAGER::InvokeTool( const std::string& aToolName )
{
TOOL_BASE* tool = FindTool( aToolName );
if( tool && tool->GetType() == INTERACTIVE )
return invokeTool( tool );
return false; // there is no tool with the given name
}
void TOOL_MANAGER::RegisterAction( TOOL_ACTION* aAction )
{
m_actionMgr->RegisterAction( aAction );
}
void TOOL_MANAGER::UnregisterAction( TOOL_ACTION* aAction )
{
m_actionMgr->UnregisterAction( aAction );
}
bool TOOL_MANAGER::invokeTool( TOOL_BASE* aTool )
{
wxASSERT( aTool != NULL );
TOOL_EVENT evt( TC_COMMAND, TA_ACTION, aTool->GetName() );
ProcessEvent( evt );
return true;
}
bool TOOL_MANAGER::runTool( TOOL_ID aToolId )
{
TOOL_BASE* tool = FindTool( aToolId );
if( tool && tool->GetType() == INTERACTIVE )
return runTool( tool );
return false; // there is no tool with the given id
}
bool TOOL_MANAGER::runTool( const std::string& aToolName )
{
TOOL_BASE* tool = FindTool( aToolName );
if( tool && tool->GetType() == INTERACTIVE )
return runTool( tool );
return false; // there is no tool with the given name
}
bool TOOL_MANAGER::runTool( TOOL_BASE* aTool )
{
wxASSERT( aTool != NULL );
if( !isRegistered( aTool ) )
return false;
TOOL_STATE* state = m_toolState[aTool];
// If the tool is already active, do not invoke it again
if( state->idle == false )
return false;
state->idle = false;
static_cast<TOOL_INTERACTIVE*>( aTool )->Reset();
// Add the tool on the front of the processing queue (it gets events first)
m_activeTools.push_front( aTool->GetId() );
return true;
}
TOOL_BASE* TOOL_MANAGER::FindTool( int aId ) const
{
std::map<TOOL_ID, TOOL_STATE*>::const_iterator it = m_toolIdIndex.find( aId );
if( it != m_toolIdIndex.end() )
return it->second->theTool;
return NULL;
}
TOOL_BASE* TOOL_MANAGER::FindTool( const std::string& aName ) const
{
std::map<std::string, TOOL_STATE*>::const_iterator it = m_toolNameIndex.find( aName );
if( it != m_toolNameIndex.end() )
return it->second->theTool;
return NULL;
}
void TOOL_MANAGER::ScheduleNextState( TOOL_BASE* aTool, TOOL_STATE_FUNC& aHandler,
const TOOL_EVENT_LIST& aConditions )
{
TOOL_STATE* st = m_toolState[aTool];
st->transitions.push_back( TRANSITION( aConditions, aHandler ) );
}
optional<TOOL_EVENT> TOOL_MANAGER::ScheduleWait( TOOL_BASE* aTool,
const TOOL_EVENT_LIST& aConditions )
{
TOOL_STATE* st = m_toolState[aTool];
// indicate to the manager that we are going to sleep and we shall be
// woken up when an event matching aConditions arrive
st->pendingWait = true;
st->waitEvents = aConditions;
// switch context back to event dispatcher loop
st->cofunc->Yield();
return st->wakeupEvent;
}
void TOOL_MANAGER::dispatchInternal( TOOL_EVENT& aEvent )
{
// iterate over all registered tools
BOOST_FOREACH( TOOL_ID toolId, m_activeTools )
{
TOOL_STATE* st = m_toolIdIndex[toolId];
// the tool state handler is waiting for events (i.e. called Wait() method)
if( st->pendingWait )
{
if( st->waitEvents.Matches( aEvent ) )
{
// By default, already processed events are not passed further
m_passEvent = false;
// got matching event? clear wait list and wake up the coroutine
st->wakeupEvent = aEvent;
st->pendingWait = false;
st->waitEvents.clear();
if( st->cofunc && !st->cofunc->Resume() )
finishTool( st ); // The couroutine has finished
// If the tool did not request to propagate
// the event to other tools, we should stop it now
if( !m_passEvent )
break;
}
}
}
BOOST_FOREACH( TOOL_STATE* st, m_toolState | boost::adaptors::map_values )
{
// the tool scheduled next state(s) by calling Go()
if( !st->pendingWait )
{
// no state handler in progress - check if there are any transitions (defined by
// Go() method that match the event.
if( st->transitions.size() )
{
BOOST_FOREACH( TRANSITION tr, st->transitions )
{
if( tr.first.Matches( aEvent ) )
{
st->transitions.clear();
// no tool context allocated yet? Create one.
if( !st->cofunc )
st->cofunc = new COROUTINE<int, TOOL_EVENT&>( tr.second );
else
st->cofunc->SetEntry( tr.second );
// got match? Run the handler.
st->cofunc->Call( aEvent );
if( !st->cofunc->Running() )
finishTool( st ); // The couroutine has finished immediately?
}
}
}
}
}
}
bool TOOL_MANAGER::dispatchStandardEvents( TOOL_EVENT& aEvent )
{
if( aEvent.Action() == TA_KEY_UP )
{
// Check if there is a hotkey associated
if( m_actionMgr->RunHotKey( aEvent.Modifier() | aEvent.KeyCode() ) )
return false; // hotkey event was handled so it does not go any further
}
else if( aEvent.Category() == TC_COMMAND ) // it may be a tool activation event
{
dispatchActivation( aEvent );
// do not return false, as the event has to go on to the destined tool
}
return true;
}
bool TOOL_MANAGER::dispatchActivation( TOOL_EVENT& aEvent )
{
// Look for the tool that has the same name as parameter in the processed command TOOL_EVENT
BOOST_FOREACH( TOOL_STATE* st, m_toolState | boost::adaptors::map_values )
{
if( st->theTool->GetName() == aEvent.m_commandStr )
{
runTool( st->theTool );
return true;
}
}
return false;
}
void TOOL_MANAGER::finishTool( TOOL_STATE* aState )
{
// Find the tool to be deactivated
std::deque<TOOL_ID>::iterator it, it_end;
for( it = m_activeTools.begin(), it_end = m_activeTools.end(); it != it_end; ++it )
{
if( aState == m_toolIdIndex[*it] )
break;
}
if( it != m_activeTools.end() )
m_activeTools.erase( it );
else
wxLogWarning( wxT( "Tried to finish inactive tool" ) );
aState->idle = true;
delete aState->cofunc;
aState->cofunc = NULL;
}
bool TOOL_MANAGER::ProcessEvent( TOOL_EVENT& aEvent )
{
// wxLogDebug( "event: %s", aEvent.Format().c_str() );
// Early dispatch of events destined for the TOOL_MANAGER
if( !dispatchStandardEvents( aEvent ) )
return false;
dispatchInternal( aEvent );
// popup menu handling
BOOST_FOREACH( TOOL_ID toolId, m_activeTools )
{
TOOL_STATE* st = m_toolIdIndex[toolId];
// the tool requested a context menu. The menu is activated on RMB click (CMENU_BUTTON mode)
// or immediately (CMENU_NOW) mode. The latter is used for clarification lists.
if( st->contextMenuTrigger != CMENU_OFF )
{
if( st->contextMenuTrigger == CMENU_BUTTON && !aEvent.IsClick( BUT_RIGHT ) )
break;
st->pendingWait = true;
st->waitEvents = TOOL_EVENT( TC_ANY, TA_ANY );
if( st->contextMenuTrigger == CMENU_NOW )
st->contextMenuTrigger = CMENU_OFF;
boost::scoped_ptr<CONTEXT_MENU> menu( new CONTEXT_MENU( *st->contextMenu ) );
GetEditFrame()->PopupMenu( menu->GetMenu() );
//
TOOL_EVENT evt( TC_COMMAND, TA_CONTEXT_MENU_CHOICE );
dispatchInternal( evt );
break;
}
}
if( m_view->IsDirty() )
{
PCB_EDIT_FRAME* f = static_cast<PCB_EDIT_FRAME*>( GetEditFrame() );
f->GetGalCanvas()->Refresh(); // fixme: ugly hack, provide a method in TOOL_DISPATCHER.
}
return false;
}
void TOOL_MANAGER::ScheduleContextMenu( TOOL_BASE* aTool, CONTEXT_MENU* aMenu,
CONTEXT_MENU_TRIGGER aTrigger )
{
TOOL_STATE* st = m_toolState[aTool];
st->contextMenu = aMenu;
st->contextMenuTrigger = aTrigger;
// the tool wants the menu immediately? Preempt it and do so :)
if( aTrigger == CMENU_NOW )
st->cofunc->Yield();
}
TOOL_ID TOOL_MANAGER::MakeToolId( const std::string& aToolName )
{
static int currentId;
return currentId++;
}
void TOOL_MANAGER::SetEnvironment( EDA_ITEM* aModel, KIGFX::VIEW* aView,
KIGFX::VIEW_CONTROLS* aViewControls, wxWindow* aFrame )
{
m_model = aModel;
m_view = aView;
m_viewControls = aViewControls;
m_editFrame = aFrame;
// Reset state of the registered tools
BOOST_FOREACH( TOOL_ID toolId, m_activeTools )
{
TOOL_BASE* tool = m_toolIdIndex[toolId]->theTool;
if( tool->GetType() == INTERACTIVE )
static_cast<TOOL_INTERACTIVE*>( tool )->Reset();
}
}
bool TOOL_MANAGER::isActive( TOOL_BASE* aTool )
{
if( !isRegistered( aTool ) )
return false;
return !m_toolState[aTool]->idle;
}

1009
common/view/view.cpp Normal file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

162
common/view/view_group.cpp Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
/*
* This program source code file is part of KiCad, a free EDA CAD application.
*
* Copyright (C) 2013 CERN
* @author Maciej Suminski <maciej.suminski@cern.ch>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
* as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
* of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, you may find one here:
* http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.html
* or you may search the http://www.gnu.org website for the version 2 license,
* or you may write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
* 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
*
*/
/**
* @file view_group.cpp
* @brief VIEW_GROUP extends VIEW_ITEM by possibility of grouping items into a single object.
* VIEW_GROUP does not take over ownership of the held items. The main purpose of this class is
* to group items and draw them on a single layer (in particular the overlay).
*/
#include <set>
#include <algorithm>
#include <view/view_group.h>
#include <view/view.h>
#include <painter.h>
#include <gal/graphics_abstraction_layer.h>
#include <boost/foreach.hpp>
#include <layers_id_colors_and_visibility.h>
using namespace KIGFX;
VIEW_GROUP::VIEW_GROUP( VIEW* aView ) :
m_layer( ITEM_GAL_LAYER( GP_OVERLAY ) )
{
m_view = aView;
}
VIEW_GROUP::~VIEW_GROUP()
{
}
void VIEW_GROUP::Add( VIEW_ITEM* aItem )
{
m_items.insert( aItem );
}
void VIEW_GROUP::Remove( VIEW_ITEM* aItem )
{
m_items.erase( aItem );
}
void VIEW_GROUP::Clear()
{
m_items.clear();
}
unsigned int VIEW_GROUP::GetSize() const
{
return m_items.size();
}
const BOX2I VIEW_GROUP::ViewBBox() const
{
BOX2I maxBox;
maxBox.SetMaximum();
return maxBox;
}
void VIEW_GROUP::ViewDraw( int aLayer, GAL* aGal ) const
{
PAINTER* painter = m_view->GetPainter();
// Draw all items immediately (without caching)
BOOST_FOREACH( VIEW_ITEM* item, m_items )
{
aGal->PushDepth();
int layers[VIEW::VIEW_MAX_LAYERS], layers_count;
item->ViewGetLayers( layers, layers_count );
m_view->SortLayers( layers, layers_count );
for( int i = 0; i < layers_count; i++ )
{
if( m_view->IsCached( layers[i] ) && m_view->IsLayerVisible( layers[i] ) )
{
aGal->AdvanceDepth();
if( !painter->Draw( item, layers[i] ) )
item->ViewDraw( layers[i], aGal ); // Alternative drawing method
}
}
aGal->PopDepth();
}
}
void VIEW_GROUP::ViewGetLayers( int aLayers[], int& aCount ) const
{
// Everything is displayed on a single layer
aLayers[0] = m_layer;
aCount = 1;
}
void VIEW_GROUP::FreeItems()
{
BOOST_FOREACH( VIEW_ITEM* item, m_items )
{
delete item;
}
m_items.clear();
}
void VIEW_GROUP::ItemsSetVisibility( bool aVisible )
{
std::set<VIEW_ITEM*>::const_iterator it, it_end;
for( it = m_items.begin(), it_end = m_items.end(); it != it_end; ++it )
(*it)->ViewSetVisible( aVisible );
}
void VIEW_GROUP::ItemsViewUpdate( VIEW_ITEM::VIEW_UPDATE_FLAGS aFlags )
{
std::set<VIEW_ITEM*>::const_iterator it, it_end;
for( it = m_items.begin(), it_end = m_items.end(); it != it_end; ++it )
(*it)->ViewUpdate( aFlags );
}
void VIEW_GROUP::updateBbox()
{
// Save the used VIEW, as it used nulled during Remove()
VIEW* view = m_view;
// Reinsert the group, so the bounding box can be updated
view->Remove( this );
view->Add( this );
}

139
common/view/view_item.cpp Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
/*
* This program source code file is part of KiCad, a free EDA CAD application.
*
* Copyright (C) 2013 CERN
* @author Tomasz Wlostowski <tomasz.wlostowski@cern.ch>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
* as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
* of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, you may find one here:
* http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.html
* or you may search the http://www.gnu.org website for the version 2 license,
* or you may write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
* 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
*/
#include <gal/definitions.h>
#include <view/view_item.h>
#include <view/view.h>
using namespace KIGFX;
void VIEW_ITEM::ViewSetVisible( bool aIsVisible )
{
bool update = false;
if( m_visible != aIsVisible )
{
update = true;
}
m_visible = aIsVisible;
// update only if the visibility has really changed
if( update )
{
ViewUpdate( APPEARANCE );
}
}
void VIEW_ITEM::ViewUpdate( int aUpdateFlags )
{
if( !m_view )
return;
m_view->invalidateItem( this, aUpdateFlags );
}
void VIEW_ITEM::ViewRelease()
{
if( m_view && m_view->IsDynamic() )
{
m_view->Remove( this );
}
}
void VIEW_ITEM::getLayers( int* aLayers, int& aCount ) const
{
int* layersPtr = aLayers;
for( unsigned int i = 0; i < m_layers.size(); ++i )
{
if( m_layers[i] )
*layersPtr++ = i;
}
aCount = m_layers.count();
}
int VIEW_ITEM::getGroup( int aLayer ) const
{
for( int i = 0; i < m_groupsSize; ++i )
{
if( m_groups[i].first == aLayer )
return m_groups[i].second;
}
return -1;
}
std::vector<int> VIEW_ITEM::getAllGroups() const
{
std::vector<int> groups( m_groupsSize );
for( int i = 0; i < m_groupsSize; ++i )
{
groups[i] = m_groups[i].second;
}
return groups;
}
void VIEW_ITEM::setGroup( int aLayer, int aId )
{
// Look if there is already an entry for the layer
for( int i = 0; i < m_groupsSize; ++i )
{
if( m_groups[i].first == aLayer )
{
m_groups[i].second = aId;
return;
}
}
// If there was no entry for the given layer - create one
GroupPair* newGroups = new GroupPair[m_groupsSize + 1];
if( m_groupsSize > 0 )
{
std::copy( m_groups, m_groups + m_groupsSize, newGroups );
delete[] m_groups;
}
m_groups = newGroups;
newGroups[m_groupsSize++] = GroupPair( aLayer, aId );
}
void VIEW_ITEM::deleteGroups()
{
delete[] m_groups;
m_groups = NULL;
m_groupsSize = 0;
}

View File

@ -0,0 +1,311 @@
/*
* This program source code file is part of KiCad, a free EDA CAD application.
*
* Copyright (C) 2012 Torsten Hueter, torstenhtr <at> gmx.de
* Copyright (C) 2013 CERN
* @author Tomasz Wlostowski <tomasz.wlostowski@cern.ch>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
* as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
* of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, you may find one here:
* http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.html
* or you may search the http://www.gnu.org website for the version 2 license,
* or you may write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
* 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
*/
#include <wx/wx.h>
#include <view/view.h>
#include <view/wx_view_controls.h>
#include <gal/graphics_abstraction_layer.h>
#include <tool/tool_dispatcher.h>
using namespace KIGFX;
const wxEventType WX_VIEW_CONTROLS::EVT_REFRESH_MOUSE = wxNewEventType();
WX_VIEW_CONTROLS::WX_VIEW_CONTROLS( VIEW* aView, wxWindow* aParentPanel ) :
VIEW_CONTROLS( aView ),
m_state( IDLE ),
m_parentPanel( aParentPanel )
{
m_parentPanel->Connect( wxEVT_MOTION,
wxMouseEventHandler( WX_VIEW_CONTROLS::onMotion ), NULL, this );
m_parentPanel->Connect( wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL,
wxMouseEventHandler( WX_VIEW_CONTROLS::onWheel ), NULL, this );
m_parentPanel->Connect( wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP,
wxMouseEventHandler( WX_VIEW_CONTROLS::onButton ), NULL, this );
m_parentPanel->Connect( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN,
wxMouseEventHandler( WX_VIEW_CONTROLS::onButton ), NULL, this );
m_parentPanel->Connect( wxEVT_LEFT_UP,
wxMouseEventHandler( WX_VIEW_CONTROLS::onButton ), NULL, this );
m_parentPanel->Connect( wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN,
wxMouseEventHandler( WX_VIEW_CONTROLS::onButton ), NULL, this );
#if defined _WIN32 || defined _WIN64
m_parentPanel->Connect( wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW,
wxMouseEventHandler( WX_VIEW_CONTROLS::onEnter ), NULL, this );
#endif
m_panTimer.SetOwner( this );
this->Connect( wxEVT_TIMER,
wxTimerEventHandler( WX_VIEW_CONTROLS::onTimer ), NULL, this );
}
void VIEW_CONTROLS::ShowCursor( bool aEnabled )
{
m_view->GetGAL()->SetCursorEnabled( aEnabled );
}
void WX_VIEW_CONTROLS::onMotion( wxMouseEvent& aEvent )
{
m_mousePosition.x = aEvent.GetX();
m_mousePosition.y = aEvent.GetY();
if( m_forceCursorPosition )
m_cursorPosition = m_view->ToScreen( m_forcedPosition );
else if( m_snappingEnabled )
m_cursorPosition = m_view->GetGAL()->GetGridPoint( m_mousePosition );
else
m_cursorPosition = m_mousePosition;
bool isAutoPanning = false;
if( m_autoPanEnabled )
{
isAutoPanning = handleAutoPanning( aEvent );
}
if( !isAutoPanning && aEvent.Dragging() )
{
if( m_state == DRAG_PANNING )
{
VECTOR2D d = m_dragStartPoint - m_mousePosition;
VECTOR2D delta = m_view->ToWorld( d, false );
m_view->SetCenter( m_lookStartPoint + delta );
aEvent.StopPropagation();
}
else
{
aEvent.Skip();
}
}
}
void WX_VIEW_CONTROLS::onWheel( wxMouseEvent& aEvent )
{
const double wheelPanSpeed = 0.001;
if( aEvent.ControlDown() || aEvent.ShiftDown() )
{
// Scrolling
VECTOR2D scrollVec = m_view->ToWorld( m_view->GetScreenPixelSize() *
( (double) aEvent.GetWheelRotation() * wheelPanSpeed ), false );
double scrollSpeed;
if( abs( scrollVec.x ) > abs( scrollVec.y ) )
scrollSpeed = scrollVec.x;
else
scrollSpeed = scrollVec.y;
VECTOR2D delta( aEvent.ControlDown() ? -scrollSpeed : 0.0,
aEvent.ShiftDown() ? -scrollSpeed : 0.0 );
m_view->SetCenter( m_view->GetCenter() + delta );
}
else
{
// Zooming
wxLongLong timeStamp = wxGetLocalTimeMillis();
double timeDiff = timeStamp.ToDouble() - m_timeStamp.ToDouble();
m_timeStamp = timeStamp;
double zoomScale;
// Set scaling speed depending on scroll wheel event interval
if( timeDiff < 500 && timeDiff > 0 )
{
zoomScale = ( aEvent.GetWheelRotation() > 0.0 ) ? 2.05 - timeDiff / 500 :
1.0 / ( 2.05 - timeDiff / 500 );
}
else
{
zoomScale = ( aEvent.GetWheelRotation() > 0.0 ) ? 1.05 : 0.95;
}
VECTOR2D anchor = m_view->ToWorld( VECTOR2D( aEvent.GetX(), aEvent.GetY() ) );
m_view->SetScale( m_view->GetScale() * zoomScale, anchor );
}
aEvent.Skip();
}
void WX_VIEW_CONTROLS::onButton( wxMouseEvent& aEvent )
{
switch( m_state )
{
case IDLE:
case AUTO_PANNING:
if( aEvent.MiddleDown() )
{
m_dragStartPoint = VECTOR2D( aEvent.GetX(), aEvent.GetY() );
m_lookStartPoint = m_view->GetCenter();
m_state = DRAG_PANNING;
}
if( aEvent.LeftUp() )
{
m_state = IDLE; // Stop autopanning when user release left mouse button
}
break;
case DRAG_PANNING:
if( aEvent.MiddleUp() )
{
m_state = IDLE;
}
break;
}
aEvent.Skip();
}
void WX_VIEW_CONTROLS::onEnter( wxMouseEvent& aEvent )
{
m_parentPanel->SetFocus();
}
void WX_VIEW_CONTROLS::onTimer( wxTimerEvent& aEvent )
{
switch( m_state )
{
case AUTO_PANNING:
{
double borderSize = std::min( m_autoPanMargin * m_view->GetScreenPixelSize().x,
m_autoPanMargin * m_view->GetScreenPixelSize().y );
VECTOR2D dir( m_panDirection );
if( dir.EuclideanNorm() > borderSize )
dir = dir.Resize( borderSize );
dir = m_view->ToWorld( dir, false );
m_view->SetCenter( m_view->GetCenter() + dir * m_autoPanSpeed );
// Notify tools that the cursor position has changed in the world coordinates
wxCommandEvent moveEvent( EVT_REFRESH_MOUSE );
wxPostEvent( m_parentPanel, moveEvent );
}
break;
case IDLE: // Just remove unnecessary warnings
case DRAG_PANNING:
break;
}
}
void WX_VIEW_CONTROLS::SetGrabMouse( bool aEnabled )
{
m_grabMouse = aEnabled;
if( aEnabled )
m_parentPanel->CaptureMouse();
else
m_parentPanel->ReleaseMouse();
}
const VECTOR2D WX_VIEW_CONTROLS::GetMousePosition() const
{
wxPoint msp = wxGetMousePosition();
wxPoint winp = m_parentPanel->GetScreenPosition();
return VECTOR2D( msp.x - winp.x, msp.y - winp.y );
}
const VECTOR2D WX_VIEW_CONTROLS::GetCursorPosition() const
{
if( m_snappingEnabled )
return m_view->GetGAL()->GetGridPoint( GetMousePosition() );
else
return GetMousePosition();
}
bool WX_VIEW_CONTROLS::handleAutoPanning( const wxMouseEvent& aEvent )
{
VECTOR2D p( aEvent.GetX(), aEvent.GetY() );
// Compute areas where autopanning is active
double borderStart = std::min( m_autoPanMargin * m_view->GetScreenPixelSize().x,
m_autoPanMargin * m_view->GetScreenPixelSize().y );
double borderEndX = m_view->GetScreenPixelSize().x - borderStart;
double borderEndY = m_view->GetScreenPixelSize().y - borderStart;
m_panDirection = VECTOR2D();
if( p.x < borderStart )
m_panDirection.x = -( borderStart - p.x );
else if( p.x > borderEndX )
m_panDirection.x = ( p.x - borderEndX );
if( p.y < borderStart )
m_panDirection.y = -( borderStart - p.y );
else if( p.y > borderEndY )
m_panDirection.y = ( p.y - borderEndY );
bool borderHit = ( m_panDirection.x != 0 || m_panDirection.y != 0 );
switch( m_state )
{
case AUTO_PANNING:
if( !borderHit )
{
m_panTimer.Stop();
m_state = IDLE;
return false;
}
return true;
break;
case IDLE:
if( borderHit )
{
m_state = AUTO_PANNING;
m_panTimer.Start( (int) ( 1000.0 / 60.0 ) );
return true;
}
return false;
break;
case DRAG_PANNING:
return false;
}
wxASSERT_MSG( false, wxT( "This line should never be reached" ) );
return false; // Should not be reached, just avoid the compiler warnings..
}

View File

@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ void EDA_DRAW_FRAME::DrawWorkSheet( wxDC* aDC, BASE_SCREEN* aScreen, int aLineWi
}
wxString EDA_DRAW_FRAME::GetScreenDesc()
wxString EDA_DRAW_FRAME::GetScreenDesc() const
{
// Virtual function. In basic class, returns
// an empty string.

View File

@ -0,0 +1,204 @@
/*
* This program source code file is part of KICAD, a free EDA CAD application.
*
* Copyright (C) 2013 CERN
* @author Maciej Suminski <maciej.suminski@cern.ch>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
* as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
* of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, you may find one here:
* http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.html
* or you may search the http://www.gnu.org website for the version 2 license,
* or you may write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
* 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
*/
/**
* @file worksheet_viewitem.cpp
* @brief Class that handles properties and drawing of worksheet layout.
*/
#include <worksheet_viewitem.h>
#include <worksheet_shape_builder.h>
#include <gal/graphics_abstraction_layer.h>
#include <painter.h>
#include <layers_id_colors_and_visibility.h>
#include <boost/foreach.hpp>
using namespace KIGFX;
WORKSHEET_VIEWITEM::WORKSHEET_VIEWITEM( const std::string& aFileName, const std::string& aSheetName,
const PAGE_INFO* aPageInfo, const TITLE_BLOCK* aTitleBlock ) :
EDA_ITEM( NOT_USED ), // this item is never added to a BOARD so it needs no type
m_fileName( aFileName ), m_sheetName( aSheetName ),
m_titleBlock( aTitleBlock ), m_pageInfo( aPageInfo ), m_sheetNumber( 1 ), m_sheetCount( 1 ) {}
void WORKSHEET_VIEWITEM::SetPageInfo( const PAGE_INFO* aPageInfo )
{
m_pageInfo = aPageInfo;
ViewUpdate( GEOMETRY );
}
void WORKSHEET_VIEWITEM::SetTitleBlock( const TITLE_BLOCK* aTitleBlock )
{
m_titleBlock = aTitleBlock;
ViewUpdate( GEOMETRY );
}
const BOX2I WORKSHEET_VIEWITEM::ViewBBox() const
{
BOX2I bbox;
if( m_pageInfo != NULL )
{
bbox.SetOrigin( VECTOR2I( 0, 0 ) );
bbox.SetEnd( VECTOR2I( m_pageInfo->GetWidthMils() * 25400,
m_pageInfo->GetHeightMils() * 25400 ) );
}
else
{
bbox.SetMaximum();
}
return bbox;
}
void WORKSHEET_VIEWITEM::ViewDraw( int aLayer, GAL* aGal ) const
{
RENDER_SETTINGS* settings = m_view->GetPainter()->GetSettings();
wxString fileName( m_fileName.c_str(), wxConvUTF8 );
wxString sheetName( m_sheetName.c_str(), wxConvUTF8 );
WS_DRAW_ITEM_LIST drawList;
drawList.SetPenSize( settings->GetWorksheetLineWidth() );
// Sorry, but I don't get this multi #ifdef from include/convert_to_biu.h, so here goes a magic
// number. IU_PER_MILS should be 25400 (as in a different compilation unit), but somehow
// it equals 1 in this case..
drawList.SetMilsToIUfactor( 25400 /* IU_PER_MILS */ );
drawList.SetSheetNumber( m_sheetNumber );
drawList.SetSheetCount( m_sheetCount );
drawList.SetFileName( fileName );
drawList.SetSheetName( sheetName );
COLOR4D color = settings->GetColor( this, aLayer );
EDA_COLOR_T edaColor = ColorFindNearest( color.r * 255, color.g * 255, color.b * 255 );
drawList.BuildWorkSheetGraphicList( *m_pageInfo, *m_titleBlock, edaColor, edaColor );
// Draw all the components that make the page layout
WS_DRAW_ITEM_BASE* item = drawList.GetFirst();
while( item )
{
switch( item->GetType() )
{
case WS_DRAW_ITEM_BASE::wsg_line:
draw( static_cast<const WS_DRAW_ITEM_LINE*>( item ), aGal );
break;
case WS_DRAW_ITEM_BASE::wsg_rect:
draw( static_cast<const WS_DRAW_ITEM_RECT*>( item ), aGal );
break;
case WS_DRAW_ITEM_BASE::wsg_poly:
draw( static_cast<const WS_DRAW_ITEM_POLYGON*>( item ), aGal );
break;
case WS_DRAW_ITEM_BASE::wsg_text:
draw( static_cast<const WS_DRAW_ITEM_TEXT*>( item ), aGal );
break;
}
item = drawList.GetNext();
}
// Draw gray line that outlines the sheet size
drawBorder( aGal );
}
void WORKSHEET_VIEWITEM::ViewGetLayers( int aLayers[], int& aCount ) const
{
aCount = 1;
aLayers[0] = ITEM_GAL_LAYER( WORKSHEET );
}
void WORKSHEET_VIEWITEM::draw( const WS_DRAW_ITEM_LINE* aItem, GAL* aGal ) const
{
aGal->SetIsStroke( true );
aGal->SetIsFill( false );
aGal->SetStrokeColor( COLOR4D( aItem->GetColor() ) );
aGal->SetLineWidth( aItem->GetPenWidth() );
aGal->DrawLine( VECTOR2D( aItem->GetStart() ), VECTOR2D( aItem->GetEnd() ) );
}
void WORKSHEET_VIEWITEM::draw( const WS_DRAW_ITEM_RECT* aItem, GAL* aGal ) const
{
aGal->SetIsStroke( true );
aGal->SetIsFill( false );
aGal->SetStrokeColor( COLOR4D( aItem->GetColor() ) );
aGal->SetLineWidth( aItem->GetPenWidth() );
aGal->DrawRectangle( VECTOR2D( aItem->GetStart() ), VECTOR2D( aItem->GetEnd() ) );
}
void WORKSHEET_VIEWITEM::draw( const WS_DRAW_ITEM_POLYGON* aItem, GAL* aGal ) const
{
std::deque<VECTOR2D> corners;
BOOST_FOREACH( wxPoint point, aItem->m_Corners )
{
corners.push_back( VECTOR2D( point ) );
}
if( aItem->IsFilled() )
{
aGal->SetFillColor( COLOR4D( aItem->GetColor() ) );
aGal->SetIsFill( true );
aGal->SetIsStroke( false );
aGal->DrawPolygon( corners );
}
else
{
aGal->SetStrokeColor( COLOR4D( aItem->GetColor() ) );
aGal->SetIsFill( false );
aGal->SetIsStroke( true );
aGal->SetLineWidth( aItem->GetPenWidth() );
aGal->DrawPolyline( corners );
}
}
void WORKSHEET_VIEWITEM::draw( const WS_DRAW_ITEM_TEXT* aItem, GAL* aGal ) const
{
VECTOR2D position( aItem->GetTextPosition().x, aItem->GetTextPosition().y );
aGal->SetStrokeColor( COLOR4D( aItem->GetColor() ) );
aGal->SetLineWidth( aItem->GetThickness() );
aGal->SetTextAttributes( aItem );
aGal->StrokeText( std::string( aItem->GetText().mb_str() ), position, 0.0 );
}
void WORKSHEET_VIEWITEM::drawBorder( GAL* aGal ) const
{
VECTOR2D origin = VECTOR2D( 0.0, 0.0 );
VECTOR2D end = VECTOR2D( m_pageInfo->GetWidthMils() * 25400,
m_pageInfo->GetHeightMils() * 25400 );
aGal->SetIsStroke( true );
aGal->SetIsFill( false );
aGal->DrawRectangle( origin, end );
}

View File

@ -33,6 +33,9 @@
#include <fctsys.h>
#include <id.h>
#include <class_drawpanel.h>
#include <class_drawpanel_gal.h>
#include <gal/graphics_abstraction_layer.h>
#include <view/view.h>
#include <class_base_screen.h>
#include <wxstruct.h>
#include <kicad_device_context.h>
@ -41,7 +44,6 @@
#include <base_units.h>
void EDA_DRAW_FRAME::RedrawScreen( const wxPoint& aCenterPoint, bool aWarpPointer )
{
AdjustScrollBars( aCenterPoint );
@ -82,7 +84,8 @@ void EDA_DRAW_FRAME::Zoom_Automatique( bool aWarpPointer )
if( screen->m_FirstRedraw )
SetCrossHairPosition( GetScrollCenterPosition() );
RedrawScreen( GetScrollCenterPosition(), aWarpPointer );
if( !m_galCanvasActive )
RedrawScreen( GetScrollCenterPosition(), aWarpPointer );
}
@ -191,6 +194,20 @@ void EDA_DRAW_FRAME::OnZoom( wxCommandEvent& event )
RedrawScreen( center, true );
}
if( m_galCanvasActive )
{
// Apply computed view settings to GAL
KIGFX::VIEW* view = m_galCanvas->GetView();
KIGFX::GAL* gal = m_galCanvas->GetGAL();
double zoomFactor = gal->GetWorldScale() / gal->GetZoomFactor();
double zoom = 1.0 / ( zoomFactor * GetZoom() );
view->SetScale( zoom );
view->SetCenter( VECTOR2D( center ) );
m_galCanvas->Refresh();
}
UpdateStatusBar();
}

View File

@ -101,11 +101,27 @@ target_link_libraries( cvpcb
common
bitmaps
polygon
gal
${wxWidgets_LIBRARIES}
${OPENGL_LIBRARIES}
${GDI_PLUS_LIBRARIES}
${GLEW_LIBRARIES}
${CAIRO_LIBRARIES}
)
# Only for win32 cross compilation using MXE
if(WIN32 AND MSYS)
target_link_libraries(cvpcb
opengl32
glu32
pixman-1
fontconfig
freetype
bz2
)
endif(WIN32 AND MSYS)
if( BUILD_GITHUB_PLUGIN )
target_link_libraries( cvpcb github_plugin )
endif()

View File

@ -31,6 +31,7 @@
#include <appl_wxstruct.h>
#include <common.h>
#include <class_drawpanel.h>
#include <class_drawpanel_gal.h>
#include <confirm.h>
#include <macros.h>
#include <bitmaps.h>
@ -121,7 +122,7 @@ DISPLAY_FOOTPRINTS_FRAME::DISPLAY_FOOTPRINTS_FRAME( CVPCB_MAINFRAME* parent,
EDA_PANEINFO mesg;
mesg.MessageToolbarPane();
m_galCanvas->Hide();
m_auimgr.AddPane( m_mainToolBar,
wxAuiPaneInfo( horiz ).Name( wxT( "m_mainToolBar" ) ).Top(). Row( 0 ) );

View File

@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ int CVPCB_MAINFRAME::SaveCmpLinkFile( const wxString& aFullFileName )
fpLibFileName.SetName( FP_LIB_TABLE::GetFileName() );
if( fpLibFileName.FileExists()
&& IsOK( this, _( "A footprint library table already exsist in this path.\n\nDo "
&& IsOK( this, _( "A footprint library table already exists in this path.\n\nDo "
"you want to overwrite it?" ) ) )
{
try
@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ int CVPCB_MAINFRAME::SaveCmpLinkFile( const wxString& aFullFileName )
{
DisplayError( this,
wxString::Format( _( "An error occurred attempting to save the "
"footpirnt library table <%s>\n\n%s" ),
"footprint library table <%s>\n\n%s" ),
GetChars( fpLibFileName.GetFullPath() ),
GetChars( ioe.errorText ) ) );
}

View File

@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ DIALOG_EDIT_COMPONENT_IN_SCHEMATIC::DIALOG_EDIT_COMPONENT_IN_SCHEMATIC( wxWindow
void DIALOG_EDIT_COMPONENT_IN_SCHEMATIC::OnListItemDeselected( wxListEvent& event )
{
D( printf( "OnListItemDeselected()\n" ); )
DBG( printf( "OnListItemDeselected()\n" ); )
if( !m_skipCopyFromPanel )
{
@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ void DIALOG_EDIT_COMPONENT_IN_SCHEMATIC::OnListItemDeselected( wxListEvent& even
void DIALOG_EDIT_COMPONENT_IN_SCHEMATIC::OnListItemSelected( wxListEvent& event )
{
D( printf( "OnListItemSelected()\n" ); )
DBG( printf( "OnListItemSelected()\n" ); )
// remember the selected row, statically
s_SelectedRow = event.GetIndex();
@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ void DIALOG_EDIT_COMPONENT_IN_SCHEMATIC::moveUpButtonHandler( wxCommandEvent& ev
// and in the fieldListCtrl
SCH_FIELD tmp = m_FieldsBuf[fieldNdx - 1];
D( printf( "tmp.m_Text=\"%s\" tmp.m_Name=\"%s\"\n",
DBG( printf( "tmp.m_Text=\"%s\" tmp.m_Name=\"%s\"\n",
TO_UTF8( tmp.GetText() ), TO_UTF8( tmp.GetName( false ) ) ); )
m_FieldsBuf[fieldNdx - 1] = m_FieldsBuf[fieldNdx];
@ -880,12 +880,12 @@ void DIALOG_EDIT_COMPONENT_IN_SCHEMATIC::copyOptionsToPanel()
if( mirror == CMP_MIRROR_X )
{
mirrorRadioBox->SetSelection( 1 );
D( printf( "mirror=X,1\n" ); )
DBG( printf( "mirror=X,1\n" ); )
}
else if( mirror == CMP_MIRROR_Y )
{
mirrorRadioBox->SetSelection( 2 );
D( printf( "mirror=Y,2\n" ); )
DBG( printf( "mirror=Y,2\n" ); )
}
else
mirrorRadioBox->SetSelection( 0 );
@ -905,7 +905,7 @@ void DIALOG_EDIT_COMPONENT_IN_SCHEMATIC::copyOptionsToPanel()
// Show the "Parts Locked" option?
if( !m_LibEntry || !m_LibEntry->UnitsLocked() )
{
D( printf( "partsAreLocked->false\n" ); )
DBG( printf( "partsAreLocked->false\n" ); )
partsAreLockedLabel->Show( false );
}

View File

@ -480,7 +480,7 @@ void DIALOG_EDIT_LIBENTRY_FIELDS_IN_LIB::initBuffers()
// fixed fields:
for( int i=0; i<MANDATORY_FIELDS; ++i )
{
D( printf( "add fixed:%s\n", TO_UTF8( cmpFields[i].GetName() ) ); )
DBG( printf( "add fixed:%s\n", TO_UTF8( cmpFields[i].GetName() ) ); )
m_FieldsBuf.push_back( cmpFields[i] );
}
@ -505,7 +505,7 @@ void DIALOG_EDIT_LIBENTRY_FIELDS_IN_LIB::initBuffers()
// values from the component will be set.
if( !libField )
{
D( printf( "add template:%s\n", TO_UTF8( it->m_Name ) ); )
DBG( printf( "add template:%s\n", TO_UTF8( it->m_Name ) ); )
fld.SetName( it->m_Name );
fld.SetText( it->m_Value ); // empty? ok too.
@ -517,7 +517,7 @@ void DIALOG_EDIT_LIBENTRY_FIELDS_IN_LIB::initBuffers()
}
else
{
D( printf( "match template:%s\n", TO_UTF8( libField->GetName() ) ); )
DBG( printf( "match template:%s\n", TO_UTF8( libField->GetName() ) ); )
fld = *libField; // copy values from component, m_Name too
}
@ -533,7 +533,7 @@ void DIALOG_EDIT_LIBENTRY_FIELDS_IN_LIB::initBuffers()
if( !buf )
{
D( printf( "add cmp:%s\n", TO_UTF8( cmp->GetName() ) ); )
DBG( printf( "add cmp:%s\n", TO_UTF8( cmp->GetName() ) ); )
m_FieldsBuf.push_back( *cmp );
}
}
@ -731,11 +731,11 @@ bool DIALOG_EDIT_LIBENTRY_FIELDS_IN_LIB::copyPanelToSelectedField()
if( field.GetId() >= MANDATORY_FIELDS )
{
wxString name = fieldNameTextCtrl->GetValue();
D( printf("name:%s\n", TO_UTF8( name ) ); )
DBG( printf("name:%s\n", TO_UTF8( name ) ); )
field.SetName( name );
}
D( printf("setname:%s\n", TO_UTF8( field.GetName() ) ); )
DBG( printf("setname:%s\n", TO_UTF8( field.GetName() ) ); )
setRowItem( fieldNdx, field ); // update fieldListCtrl

View File

@ -48,7 +48,7 @@
*/
enum SchematicFindReplaceFlags
{
// The last wxFindReplaceFlag enum is wxFR_MATCHCASE.
// The last wxFindReplaceFlag enum is wxFR_MATCHCASE = 0x4.
/// Search the current sheet only.
FR_CURRENT_SHEET_ONLY = wxFR_MATCHCASE << 1,

View File

@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ void SCH_EDIT_FRAME::OnSetOptions( wxCommandEvent& event )
for( unsigned i=0; i<tfnames.size(); ++i )
{
D(printf("dlg.SetFieldName(%d, '%s')\n", i, TO_UTF8( tfnames[i].m_Name) );)
DBG(printf("dlg.SetFieldName(%d, '%s')\n", i, TO_UTF8( tfnames[i].m_Name) );)
dlg.SetFieldName( i, tfnames[i].m_Name );
}
@ -680,7 +680,7 @@ void SCH_EDIT_FRAME::LoadSettings()
catch( IO_ERROR& e )
{
// @todo show error msg
D( printf( "templatefieldnames parsing error: '%s'\n",
DBG( printf( "templatefieldnames parsing error: '%s'\n",
TO_UTF8( e.errorText ) ); )
}
}
@ -751,7 +751,7 @@ void SCH_EDIT_FRAME::SaveSettings()
m_TemplateFieldNames.Format( &sf, 0 );
D(printf("saving formatted template fieldnames:'%s'\n", sf.GetString().c_str() );)
DBG(printf("saving formatted template fieldnames:'%s'\n", sf.GetString().c_str() );)
wxString record = FROM_UTF8( sf.GetString().c_str() );
record.Replace( wxT("\n"), wxT(""), true ); // strip all newlines

View File

@ -288,12 +288,11 @@ SCH_ITEM* SCH_EDIT_FRAME::FindComponentAndItem( const wxString& aReference,
void SCH_EDIT_FRAME::OnFindSchematicItem( wxFindDialogEvent& aEvent )
{
static wxPoint itemPosition; // the actual position of the matched item.
static wxPoint itemPosition; // the actual position of the matched item.
SCH_SHEET_LIST schematic;
wxString msg;
SCH_FIND_REPLACE_DATA searchCriteria;
bool warpCursor = !( aEvent.GetFlags() & FR_NO_WARP_CURSOR );
SCH_SHEET_LIST schematic;
wxString msg;
SCH_FIND_REPLACE_DATA searchCriteria;
SCH_FIND_COLLECTOR_DATA data;
searchCriteria.SetFlags( aEvent.GetFlags() );
@ -326,6 +325,88 @@ void SCH_EDIT_FRAME::OnFindSchematicItem( wxFindDialogEvent& aEvent )
m_foundItems.UpdateIndex();
}
updateFindReplaceView( aEvent );
}
void SCH_EDIT_FRAME::OnFindReplace( wxFindDialogEvent& aEvent )
{
SCH_ITEM* item;
SCH_SHEET_PATH* sheet;
SCH_SHEET_LIST schematic;
SCH_FIND_COLLECTOR_DATA data;
if( aEvent.GetEventType() == wxEVT_COMMAND_FIND_REPLACE_ALL )
{
while( ( item = (SCH_ITEM*) m_foundItems.GetItem( data ) ) != NULL )
{
SCH_ITEM* undoItem = data.GetParent();
// Don't save child items in undo list.
if( undoItem == NULL )
undoItem = item;
SetUndoItem( undoItem );
sheet = schematic.GetSheet( data.GetSheetPath() );
wxCHECK_RET( sheet != NULL, wxT( "Could not find sheet path " ) + data.GetSheetPath() );
if( m_foundItems.ReplaceItem( sheet ) )
{
OnModify();
SaveUndoItemInUndoList( undoItem );
updateFindReplaceView( aEvent );
}
m_foundItems.IncrementIndex();
if( m_foundItems.PassedEnd() )
break;
}
}
else
{
SCH_ITEM* item = (SCH_ITEM*) m_foundItems.GetItem( data );
wxCHECK_RET( item != NULL, wxT( "Invalid replace item in find collector list." ) );
SCH_ITEM* undoItem = data.GetParent();
if( undoItem == NULL )
undoItem = item;
SetUndoItem( undoItem );
sheet = schematic.GetSheet( data.GetSheetPath() );
wxCHECK_RET( sheet != NULL, wxT( "Could not find sheet path " ) + data.GetSheetPath() );
if( m_foundItems.ReplaceItem( sheet ) )
{
OnModify();
SaveUndoItemInUndoList( undoItem );
updateFindReplaceView( aEvent );
}
m_foundItems.IncrementIndex();
}
// End the replace if we are at the end if the list. This prevents an infinite loop if
// wrap search is selected and all of the items have been replaced with a value that
// still satisfies the search criteria.
if( m_foundItems.PassedEnd() )
aEvent.SetFlags( aEvent.GetFlags() & ~FR_REPLACE_ITEM_FOUND );
}
void SCH_EDIT_FRAME::updateFindReplaceView( wxFindDialogEvent& aEvent )
{
wxString msg;
SCH_SHEET_LIST schematic;
SCH_FIND_COLLECTOR_DATA data;
bool warpCursor = !( aEvent.GetFlags() & FR_NO_WARP_CURSOR );
if( m_foundItems.GetItem( data ) != NULL )
{
wxLogTrace( traceFindReplace, wxT( "Found " ) + m_foundItems.GetText() );
@ -335,13 +416,15 @@ void SCH_EDIT_FRAME::OnFindSchematicItem( wxFindDialogEvent& aEvent )
wxCHECK_RET( sheet != NULL, wxT( "Could not find sheet path " ) +
data.GetSheetPath() );
SCH_ITEM* item = (SCH_ITEM*)m_foundItems.GetItem( data );
// Make the item temporarily visible just in case it's hide flag is set. This
// has no effect on objects that don't support hiding. If this is a close find
// dialog event, clear the temporary visibility flag.
if( aEvent.GetEventType() == wxEVT_COMMAND_FIND_CLOSE )
m_foundItems.GetItem( data )->SetForceVisible( false );
else
m_foundItems.GetItem( data )->SetForceVisible( true );
item->SetForceVisible( false );
else if( item->Type() == SCH_FIELD_T && !( (SCH_FIELD*) item )->IsVisible() )
item->SetForceVisible( true );
if( sheet->PathHumanReadable() != m_CurrentSheet->PathHumanReadable() )
{
@ -371,61 +454,3 @@ void SCH_EDIT_FRAME::OnFindSchematicItem( wxFindDialogEvent& aEvent )
SetStatusText( msg );
}
void SCH_EDIT_FRAME::OnFindReplace( wxFindDialogEvent& aEvent )
{
SCH_FIND_COLLECTOR_DATA data;
bool warpCursor = !( aEvent.GetFlags() & FR_NO_WARP_CURSOR );
SCH_ITEM* item = (SCH_ITEM*) m_foundItems.GetItem( data );
wxCHECK_RET( item != NULL, wxT( "Invalid replace item in find collector list." ) );
wxLogTrace( traceFindReplace, wxT( "Replacing %s with %s in item %s" ),
GetChars( aEvent.GetFindString() ), GetChars( aEvent.GetReplaceString() ),
GetChars( m_foundItems.GetText() ) );
SCH_ITEM* undoItem = data.GetParent();
if( undoItem == NULL )
undoItem = item;
SetUndoItem( undoItem );
if( m_foundItems.ReplaceItem() )
{
OnModify();
SaveUndoItemInUndoList( undoItem );
RedrawScreen( data.GetPosition(), warpCursor );
}
OnFindSchematicItem( aEvent );
if( aEvent.GetEventType() == wxEVT_COMMAND_FIND_REPLACE_ALL )
{
while( ( item = (SCH_ITEM*) m_foundItems.GetItem( data ) ) != NULL )
{
wxLogTrace( traceFindReplace, wxT( "Replacing %s with %s in item %s" ),
GetChars( aEvent.GetFindString() ), GetChars( aEvent.GetReplaceString() ),
GetChars( m_foundItems.GetText() ) );
SCH_ITEM* undoItem = data.GetParent();
// Don't save child items in undo list.
if( undoItem == NULL )
undoItem = item;
SetUndoItem( undoItem );
if( m_foundItems.ReplaceItem() )
{
OnModify();
SaveUndoItemInUndoList( undoItem );
RedrawScreen( data.GetPosition(), warpCursor );
}
OnFindSchematicItem( aEvent );
}
}
}

View File

@ -640,7 +640,7 @@ void LIB_FIELD::SetName( const wxString& aName )
// Besides, m_id is a relic that is untrustworthy now.
if( m_id >=0 && m_id < MANDATORY_FIELDS )
{
D(printf( "trying to set a MANDATORY_FIELD's name\n" );)
DBG(printf( "trying to set a MANDATORY_FIELD's name\n" );)
return;
}

View File

@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ bool SCH_EDIT_FRAME::WriteNetListFile( NETLIST_OBJECT_LIST * aConnectedItemsList
wxFileName tmpFile = aFullFileName;
tmpFile.SetExt( INTERMEDIATE_NETLIST_EXT );
D(printf("tmpFile:'%s'\n", TO_UTF8( tmpFile.GetFullPath() ) );)
DBG(printf("tmpFile:'%s'\n", TO_UTF8( tmpFile.GetFullPath() ) );)
ret = helper.WriteGENERICNetList( tmpFile.GetFullPath() );
if( !ret )
@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ bool SCH_EDIT_FRAME::WriteNetListFile( NETLIST_OBJECT_LIST * aConnectedItemsList
tmpFile.GetFullPath(),
aFullFileName );
D(printf("commandLine:'%s'\n", TO_UTF8( commandLine ) );)
DBG(printf("commandLine:'%s'\n", TO_UTF8( commandLine ) );)
ProcessExecute( commandLine, wxEXEC_SYNC );
}

View File

@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ bool SCH_FIND_COLLECTOR::PassedEnd() const
if( GetCount() == 0 )
return true;
if( !(flags & FR_SEARCH_WRAP) )
if( !(flags & FR_SEARCH_WRAP) || (flags & FR_SEARCH_REPLACE) )
{
if( flags & wxFR_DOWN )
{
@ -454,7 +454,7 @@ EDA_ITEM* SCH_FIND_COLLECTOR::GetItem( SCH_FIND_COLLECTOR_DATA& aData )
}
bool SCH_FIND_COLLECTOR::ReplaceItem()
bool SCH_FIND_COLLECTOR::ReplaceItem( SCH_SHEET_PATH* aSheetPath )
{
if( PassedEnd() )
return false;
@ -464,15 +464,10 @@ bool SCH_FIND_COLLECTOR::ReplaceItem()
EDA_ITEM* item = m_List[ m_foundIndex ];
bool replaced = item->Replace( m_findReplaceData );
bool replaced = item->Replace( m_findReplaceData, aSheetPath );
// If the replace was successful, remove the item from the find list to prevent
// iterating back over it again.
if( replaced )
{
Remove( m_foundIndex );
m_data.erase( m_data.begin() + m_foundIndex );
}
m_forceSearch = true;
return replaced;
}

View File

@ -237,15 +237,6 @@ class SCH_FIND_COLLECTOR : public COLLECTOR
/// performed even if the search criteria hasn't changed.
bool m_forceSearch;
/**
* Function PassedEnd
* tests if #m_foundIndex is beyond the end of the list give the current
* find/replace criterial in #m_findReplaceData.
*
* @return True if #m_foundIndex has crossed the end of the found item list.
*/
bool PassedEnd() const;
/**
* Function dump
* is a helper to dump the items in the find list for debugging purposes.
@ -266,8 +257,24 @@ public:
m_forceSearch = false;
}
void Empty()
{
m_foundIndex = 0;
COLLECTOR::Empty();
m_data.clear();
}
void SetForceSearch() { m_forceSearch = true; }
/**
* Function PassedEnd
* tests if #m_foundIndex is beyond the end of the list give the current
* find/replace criterial in #m_findReplaceData.
*
* @return True if #m_foundIndex has crossed the end of the found item list.
*/
bool PassedEnd() const;
/**
* Function UpdateIndex
* updates the list index according to the current find and replace criteria.
@ -326,7 +333,7 @@ public:
*
* @return True if the text replace occurred otherwise false.
*/
bool ReplaceItem();
bool ReplaceItem( SCH_SHEET_PATH* aSheetPath = NULL );
SEARCH_RESULT Inspect( EDA_ITEM* aItem, const void* aTestData = NULL );
@ -340,6 +347,8 @@ public:
* value searches the entire schematic hierarchy.
*/
void Collect( SCH_FIND_REPLACE_DATA& aFindReplaceData, SCH_SHEET_PATH* aSheetPath = NULL );
void IncrementIndex() { m_foundIndex += 1; }
};

View File

@ -431,8 +431,11 @@ bool SCH_FIELD::Replace( wxFindReplaceData& aSearchData, void* aAuxData )
bool isReplaced;
wxString text = GetFullyQualifiedText();
if( m_id == REFERENCE && aAuxData != NULL )
if( m_id == REFERENCE )
{
wxCHECK_MSG( aAuxData != NULL, false,
wxT( "Cannot replace reference designator without valid sheet path." ) );
wxCHECK_MSG( aSearchData.GetFlags() & FR_REPLACE_REFERENCES, false,
wxT( "Invalid replace component reference field call." ) ) ;
@ -443,8 +446,8 @@ bool SCH_FIELD::Replace( wxFindReplaceData& aSearchData, void* aAuxData )
text = component->GetRef( (SCH_SHEET_PATH*) aAuxData );
if( component->GetPartCount() > 1 )
text << LIB_COMPONENT::ReturnSubReference( component->GetUnit() );
// if( component->GetPartCount() > 1 )
// text << LIB_COMPONENT::ReturnSubReference( component->GetUnit() );
isReplaced = EDA_ITEM::Replace( aSearchData, text );

View File

@ -438,6 +438,7 @@ SCH_SHEET_LIST::SCH_SHEET_LIST( SCH_SHEET* aSheet )
m_index = 0;
m_count = 0;
m_List = NULL;
m_isRootSheet = false;
if( aSheet == NULL )
aSheet = g_RootSheet;
@ -518,6 +519,9 @@ SCH_SHEET_PATH* SCH_SHEET_LIST::GetSheet( const wxString aPath, bool aHumanReada
void SCH_SHEET_LIST::BuildSheetList( SCH_SHEET* aSheet )
{
if( aSheet == g_RootSheet )
m_isRootSheet = true;
if( m_List == NULL )
{
int count = aSheet->CountSheets();
@ -702,3 +706,25 @@ bool SCH_SHEET_LIST::SetComponentFootprint( const wxString& aReference,
return found;
}
bool SCH_SHEET_LIST::IsComplexHierarchy()
{
wxString fileName;
for( int i = 0; i < GetCount(); i++ )
{
fileName = GetSheet( i )->Last()->GetFileName();
for( int j = 0; j < GetCount(); j++ )
{
if( i == j )
continue;
if( fileName == GetSheet( j )->Last()->GetFileName() )
return true;
}
}
return false;
}

View File

@ -292,6 +292,7 @@ private:
* returning the next item in m_List. Also used for
* internal calculations in BuildSheetList()
*/
bool m_isRootSheet;
SCH_SHEET_PATH m_currList;
public:
@ -442,6 +443,15 @@ public:
bool SetComponentFootprint( const wxString& aReference, const wxString& aFootPrint,
bool aSetVisible );
/**
* Function IsComplexHierarchy
* searches all of the sheets for duplicate files names which indicates a complex
* hierarchy.
*
* @return true if the #SCH_SHEET_LIST is a complex hierarchy.
*/
bool IsComplexHierarchy();
private:
/**

View File

@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ SCH_SCREEN* SCH_EDIT_FRAME::GetScreen() const
}
wxString SCH_EDIT_FRAME::GetScreenDesc()
wxString SCH_EDIT_FRAME::GetScreenDesc() const
{
wxString s = m_CurrentSheet->PathHumanReadable();

View File

@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ int TEMPLATES::AddTemplateFieldName( const TEMPLATE_FIELDNAME& aFieldName )
{
if( m_Fields[i].m_Name == aFieldName.m_Name )
{
D( printf( "inserting template fieldname:'%s' at %d\n",
DBG( printf( "inserting template fieldname:'%s' at %d\n",
TO_UTF8( aFieldName.m_Name ), i ); )
m_Fields[i] = aFieldName;
@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ int TEMPLATES::AddTemplateFieldName( const TEMPLATE_FIELDNAME& aFieldName )
}
}
// D(printf("appending template fieldname:'%s'\n", aFieldName.m_Name.utf8_str() );)
// DBG(printf("appending template fieldname:'%s'\n", aFieldName.m_Name.utf8_str() );)
// the name is legal and not previously added to the config container, append
// it and return its index within the container.

View File

@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ void AM_PRIMITIVE::DrawBasicShape( GERBER_DRAW_ITEM* aParent,
case AMP_UNKNOWN:
default:
D( printf( "AM_PRIMITIVE::DrawBasicShape() err: unknown prim id %d\n",primitive_id) );
DBG( printf( "AM_PRIMITIVE::DrawBasicShape() err: unknown prim id %d\n",primitive_id) );
break;
}
}

View File

@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ bool GERBER_IMAGE::ExecuteRS274XCommand( int command,
if( m_GerbMetric )
conv_scale /= 25.4;
// D( printf( "%22s: Command <%c%c>\n", __func__, (command >> 8) & 0xFF, command & 0xFF ); )
// DBG( printf( "%22s: Command <%c%c>\n", __func__, (command >> 8) & 0xFF, command & 0xFF ); )
switch( command )
{
@ -521,7 +521,7 @@ bool GERBER_IMAGE::ExecuteRS274XCommand( int command,
m_ImageNegative = true;
else
m_ImageNegative = false;
D( printf( "%22s: IMAGE_POLARITY m_ImageNegative=%s\n", __func__,
DBG( printf( "%22s: IMAGE_POLARITY m_ImageNegative=%s\n", __func__,
m_ImageNegative ? "true" : "false" ); )
break;
@ -531,7 +531,7 @@ bool GERBER_IMAGE::ExecuteRS274XCommand( int command,
else
GetLayerParams().m_LayerNegative = false;
D( printf( "%22s: LAYER_POLARITY m_LayerNegative=%s\n", __func__,
DBG( printf( "%22s: LAYER_POLARITY m_LayerNegative=%s\n", __func__,
GetLayerParams().m_LayerNegative ? "true" : "false" ); )
break;

View File

@ -35,6 +35,7 @@
#include <colors.h>
#include <bitmaps.h>
#include <richio.h>
#include <view/view_item.h>
#include <boost/ptr_container/ptr_vector.hpp>
@ -46,102 +47,8 @@ extern std::ostream& operator <<( std::ostream& out, const wxPoint& pt );
#endif
/**
* Enum KICAD_T
* is the set of class identification values, stored in EDA_ITEM::m_StructType
*/
enum KICAD_T {
NOT_USED = -1, ///< the 3d code uses this value
EOT = 0, ///< search types array terminator (End Of Types)
TYPE_NOT_INIT = 0,
PCB_T,
SCREEN_T, ///< not really an item, used to identify a screen
// Items in pcb
PCB_MODULE_T, ///< class MODULE, a footprint
PCB_PAD_T, ///< class D_PAD, a pad in a footprint
PCB_LINE_T, ///< class DRAWSEGMENT, a segment not on copper layers
PCB_TEXT_T, ///< class TEXTE_PCB, text on a layer
PCB_MODULE_TEXT_T, ///< class TEXTE_MODULE, text in a footprint
PCB_MODULE_EDGE_T, ///< class EDGE_MODULE, a footprint edge
PCB_TRACE_T, ///< class TRACKE, a track segment (segment on a copper layer)
PCB_VIA_T, ///< class SEGVIA, a via (like a track segment on a copper layer)
PCB_ZONE_T, ///< class SEGZONE, a segment used to fill a zone area (segment on a
///< copper layer)
PCB_MARKER_T, ///< class MARKER_PCB, a marker used to show something
PCB_DIMENSION_T, ///< class DIMENSION, a dimension (graphic item)
PCB_TARGET_T, ///< class PCB_TARGET, a target (graphic item)
PCB_ZONE_AREA_T, ///< class ZONE_CONTAINER, a zone area
PCB_ITEM_LIST_T, ///< class BOARD_ITEM_LIST, a list of board items
// Schematic draw Items. The order of these items effects the sort order.
// It is currently ordered to mimic the old Eeschema locate behavior where
// the smallest item is the selected item.
SCH_MARKER_T,
SCH_JUNCTION_T,
SCH_NO_CONNECT_T,
SCH_BUS_WIRE_ENTRY_T,
SCH_BUS_BUS_ENTRY_T,
SCH_LINE_T,
SCH_BITMAP_T,
SCH_TEXT_T,
SCH_LABEL_T,
SCH_GLOBAL_LABEL_T,
SCH_HIERARCHICAL_LABEL_T,
SCH_FIELD_T,
SCH_COMPONENT_T,
SCH_SHEET_PIN_T,
SCH_SHEET_T,
// Be prudent with these 3 types:
// they should be used only to locate a specific field type
// among SCH_FIELD_T items types
SCH_FIELD_LOCATE_REFERENCE_T,
SCH_FIELD_LOCATE_VALUE_T,
SCH_FIELD_LOCATE_FOOTPRINT_T,
// General
SCH_SCREEN_T,
/*
* Draw items in library component.
*
* The order of these items effects the sort order for items inside the
* "DRAW/ENDDRAW" section of the component definition in a library file.
* If you add a new draw item, type, please make sure you add it so the
* sort order is logical.
*/
LIB_COMPONENT_T,
LIB_ALIAS_T,
LIB_ARC_T,
LIB_CIRCLE_T,
LIB_TEXT_T,
LIB_RECTANGLE_T,
LIB_POLYLINE_T,
LIB_BEZIER_T,
LIB_PIN_T,
/*
* Fields are not saved inside the "DRAW/ENDDRAW". Add new draw item
* types before this line.
*/
LIB_FIELD_T,
/*
* For GerbView: items type:
*/
TYPE_GERBER_DRAW_ITEM,
/*
* for Pl_Editor, in undo/redo commands
*/
TYPE_PL_EDITOR_LAYOUT,
// End value
MAX_STRUCT_TYPE_ID
};
/// Flag to enable find and replace tracing using the WXTRACE environment variable.
extern const wxString traceFindReplace;
/**
@ -400,6 +307,9 @@ public:
#define END_ONPAD (1 << 23) ///< Pcbnew: flag set for track segment ending on a pad
#define BUSY (1 << 24) ///< Pcbnew: flag indicating that the structure has
///< already been edited, in some functions
#define HIGHLIGHTED (1 << 25) ///< item is drawn in normal colors, when the rest is darkened
#define BRIGHTENED (1 << 26) ///< item is drawn with a bright contour
#define EDA_ITEM_ALL_FLAGS -1
typedef unsigned STATUS_FLAGS;
@ -409,7 +319,7 @@ typedef unsigned STATUS_FLAGS;
* is a base class for most all the KiCad significant classes, used in
* schematics and boards.
*/
class EDA_ITEM
class EDA_ITEM : public KIGFX::VIEW_ITEM
{
private:
@ -450,12 +360,7 @@ public:
EDA_ITEM( const EDA_ITEM& base );
virtual ~EDA_ITEM() { };
/**
* Function Type
* returns the type of object. This attribute should never be changed
* after a constructor sets it, so there is no public "setter" method.
* @return KICAD_T - the type of object.
*/
/// @copydoc VIEW_ITEM::Type()
KICAD_T Type() const { return m_StructType; }
void SetTimeStamp( time_t aNewTimeStamp ) { m_TimeStamp = aNewTimeStamp; }
@ -479,6 +384,16 @@ public:
inline bool IsDragging() const { return m_Flags & IS_DRAGGED; }
inline bool IsSelected() const { return m_Flags & SELECTED; }
inline bool IsResized() const { return m_Flags & IS_RESIZED; }
inline bool IsHighlighted() const { return m_Flags & HIGHLIGHTED; }
inline bool IsBrightened() const { return m_Flags & BRIGHTENED; }
inline void SetSelected() { SetFlags( SELECTED ); ViewUpdate( COLOR ); }
inline void SetHighlighted() { SetFlags( HIGHLIGHTED ); ViewUpdate( COLOR ); }
inline void SetBrightened() { SetFlags( BRIGHTENED ); }
inline void ClearSelected() { ClearFlags( SELECTED ); ViewUpdate( COLOR ); }
inline void ClearHighlighted() { ClearFlags( HIGHLIGHTED ); ViewUpdate( COLOR ); }
inline void ClearBrightened() { ClearFlags( BRIGHTENED ); }
void SetModified();
@ -748,6 +663,12 @@ public:
*/
virtual EDA_ITEM& operator=( const EDA_ITEM& aItem );
/// @copydoc VIEW_ITEM::ViewBBox()
virtual const BOX2I ViewBBox() const;
/// @copydoc VIEW_ITEM::ViewGetLayers()
virtual void ViewGetLayers( int aLayers[], int& aCount ) const;
#if defined(DEBUG)
/**

View File

@ -90,6 +90,10 @@ public:
// Do not create a copy constructor. The one generated by the compiler is adequate.
virtual const wxPoint& GetPosition() const = 0;
virtual void SetPosition( const wxPoint& aPos ) = 0;
/**
* A value of wxPoint(0,0) which can be passed to the Draw() functions.
*/
@ -269,6 +273,9 @@ public:
static std::string FormatInternalUnits( const wxPoint& aPoint );
static std::string FormatInternalUnits( const wxSize& aSize );
/// @copydoc VIEW_ITEM::ViewGetLayers()
virtual void ViewGetLayers( int aLayers[], int& aCount ) const;
};
#endif /* BOARD_ITEM_STRUCT_H */

View File

@ -317,6 +317,9 @@ public:
*/
void RefreshDrawingRect( const EDA_RECT& aRect, bool aEraseBackground = true );
/// @copydoc wxWindow::Refresh()
virtual void Refresh( bool eraseBackground = true, const wxRect* rect = NULL );
/**
* Function GetScreenCenterLogicalPosition
* @return The current screen center position in logical (drawing) units.

View File

@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
/*
* This program source code file is part of KiCad, a free EDA CAD application.
*
* Copyright (C) 2013 CERN
* @author Tomasz Wlostowski <tomasz.wlostowski@cern.ch>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
* as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
* of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, you may find one here:
* http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.html
* or you may search the http://www.gnu.org website for the version 2 license,
* or you may write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
* 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
*/
/**
* @file class_drawpanel_gal.h:
* @brief EDA_DRAW_PANEL_GAL class definition.
*/
#ifndef PANELGAL_WXSTRUCT_H
#define PANELGAL_WXSTRUCT_H
#include <wx/wx.h>
#include <wx/window.h>
#include <math/vector2d.h>
class BOARD;
class TOOL_DISPATCHER;
namespace KIGFX
{
class GAL;
class VIEW;
class WX_VIEW_CONTROLS;
class VIEW_CONTROLS;
class PAINTER;
};
class EDA_DRAW_PANEL_GAL : public wxWindow
{
public:
enum GalType {
GAL_TYPE_NONE, ///< Not used
GAL_TYPE_OPENGL, ///< OpenGL implementation
GAL_TYPE_CAIRO, ///< Cairo implementation
};
EDA_DRAW_PANEL_GAL( wxWindow* aParentWindow, wxWindowID aWindowId, const wxPoint& aPosition,
const wxSize& aSize, GalType aGalType = GAL_TYPE_OPENGL );
~EDA_DRAW_PANEL_GAL();
/**
* Function SwitchBackend
* Switches method of rendering graphics.
* @param aGalType is a type of rendering engine that you want to use.
*/
void SwitchBackend( GalType aGalType );
/**
* Function GetGAL()
* Returns a pointer to the GAL instance used in the panel.
* @return The instance of GAL.
*/
KIGFX::GAL* GetGAL() const
{
return m_gal;
}
/**
* Function GetView()
* Returns a pointer to the VIEW instance used in the panel.
* @return The instance of VIEW.
*/
KIGFX::VIEW* GetView() const
{
return m_view;
}
/**
* Function GetViewControls()
* Returns a pointer to the VIEW_CONTROLS instance used in the panel.
* @return The instance of VIEW_CONTROLS.
*/
KIGFX::VIEW_CONTROLS* GetViewControls() const
{
return (KIGFX::VIEW_CONTROLS*)( m_viewControls );
}
/// @copydoc wxWindow::Refresh()
virtual void Refresh( bool eraseBackground = true, const wxRect* rect = NULL );
/**
* Function SetEventDispatcher()
* Sets a dispatcher that processes events and forwards them to tools.
* @param aEventDispatcher is the object that will be used for dispatching events.
*/
void SetEventDispatcher( TOOL_DISPATCHER* aEventDispatcher )
{
m_eventDispatcher = aEventDispatcher;
}
protected:
void onPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED( aEvent ) );
void onSize( wxSizeEvent& aEvent );
void onEvent( wxEvent& aEvent );
void onEnter( wxEvent& aEvent );
void onRefreshTimer ( wxTimerEvent& aEvent );
void skipEvent( wxEvent& aEvent );
static const int MinRefreshPeriod = 17; ///< 60 FPS.
wxLongLong m_lastRefresh; ///< Last time the panel was refreshed
bool m_pendingRefresh;
wxTimer m_refreshTimer;
KIGFX::GAL* m_gal; ///< Interface for drawing objects on a 2D-surface
KIGFX::VIEW* m_view; ///< Stores view settings (scale, center, etc.)
///< and items to be drawn
KIGFX::PAINTER* m_painter; ///< Contains information about how to draw items
///< using GAL
KIGFX::WX_VIEW_CONTROLS* m_viewControls; ///< Control for VIEW (moving, zooming, etc.)
GalType m_currentGal; ///< Currently used GAL
TOOL_DISPATCHER* m_eventDispatcher; ///< Processes and forwards events to tools
};
#endif

View File

@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
#ifndef CLASS_WORKSHEET_DATA_ITEM_H
#define CLASS_WORKSHEET_DATA_ITEM_H
#include <vector2d.h>
#include <math/vector2d.h>
#include <eda_text.h>
#include <class_bitmap_base.h>

View File

@ -139,6 +139,14 @@ EDA_COLOR_T ColorByName( const wxChar *aName );
/// Find the nearest color match
EDA_COLOR_T ColorFindNearest( const wxColour &aColor );
/**
* Find the nearest color match
* @param aR is the red component of the color to be matched (in range 0-255)
* @param aG is the green component of the color to be matched (in range 0-255)
* @param aG is the blue component of the color to be matched (in range 0-255)
*/
EDA_COLOR_T ColorFindNearest( int aR, int aG, int aB );
/**
* Check if a color is light i.e. if black would be more readable than
* white on it

View File

@ -236,6 +236,8 @@ public:
* for single line text, aLine is unused
* If aLine == -1, the full area (considering all lines) is returned
* @param aThickness Overrides the current thickness when greater than 0.
* this is needed when the current m_Thickness is 0 and a default line thickness
* is used
* @param aInvertY Invert the Y axis when calculating bounding box.
*/
EDA_RECT GetTextBox( int aLine = -1, int aThickness = -1, bool aInvertY = false ) const;
@ -244,11 +246,11 @@ public:
* Function GetInterline
* return the distance between 2 text lines
* has meaning only for multiline texts
* @param aTextThickness Overrides the current thickness when greater than 0.
* this is needed when the current m_Thickness is 0 and a default line thickness
* is used
*/
int GetInterline() const
{
return (( m_Size.y * 14 ) / 10) + m_Thickness;
}
int GetInterline( int aTextThickness = -1 ) const;
/**
* Function GetTextStyleName
@ -286,15 +288,13 @@ private:
* @param aColor = text color
* @param aDrawMode = GR_OR, GR_XOR.., -1 to use the current mode.
* @param aFillMode = LINE, FILLED or SKETCH
* @param aAnchor_color = anchor color ( UNSPECIFIED_COLOR = do not draw anchor ).
* @param aText = the single line of text to draw.
* @param aPos = the position of this line ).
*/
void drawOneLineOfText( EDA_RECT* aClipBox, wxDC* aDC,
const wxPoint& aOffset, EDA_COLOR_T aColor,
GR_DRAWMODE aDrawMode, EDA_DRAW_MODE_T aFillMode,
EDA_COLOR_T aAnchor_color, wxString& aText,
wxPoint aPos );
wxString& aText, wxPoint aPos );
};

View File

@ -21,9 +21,9 @@
#define WIN_STRING_DIR_SEP wxT( "\\" )
#ifdef DEBUG
#define D(x) x
#define DBG(x) x
#else
#define D(x) // nothing
#define DBG(x) // nothing
#endif
/**

View File

@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
/*
* This program source code file is part of KiCad, a free EDA CAD application.
*
* Copyright (C) 2013 CERN
* @author Maciej Suminski <maciej.suminski@cern.ch>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
* as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
* of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, you may find one here:
* http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.html
* or you may search the http://www.gnu.org website for the version 2 license,
* or you may write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
* 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
*/
/**
* @file cairo_compositor.h
* @brief Class that handles multitarget rendering (ie. to different textures/surfaces) and
* later compositing into a single image (Cairo flavour).
*/
#ifndef CAIRO_COMPOSITOR_H_
#define CAIRO_COMPOSITOR_H_
#include <gal/compositor.h>
#include <cairo.h>
#include <boost/smart_ptr/shared_array.hpp>
#include <deque>
namespace KIGFX
{
class CAIRO_COMPOSITOR : public COMPOSITOR
{
public:
CAIRO_COMPOSITOR( cairo_t** aMainContext );
virtual ~CAIRO_COMPOSITOR();
/// @copydoc COMPOSITOR::Initialize()
virtual void Initialize();
/// @copydoc COMPOSITOR::Resize()
virtual void Resize( unsigned int aWidth, unsigned int aHeight );
/// @copydoc COMPOSITOR::CreateBuffer()
virtual unsigned int CreateBuffer();
/// @copydoc COMPOSITOR::GetBuffer()
inline virtual unsigned int GetBuffer() const
{
return m_current + 1;
}
/// @copydoc COMPOSITOR::SetBuffer()
virtual void SetBuffer( unsigned int aBufferHandle );
/// @copydoc COMPOSITOR::ClearBuffer()
virtual void ClearBuffer();
/// @copydoc COMPOSITOR::DrawBuffer()
virtual void DrawBuffer( unsigned int aBufferHandle );
/**
* Function SetMainContext()
* Sets a context to be treated as the main context (ie. as a target of buffers rendering and
* as a source of settings for newly created buffers).
*
* @param aMainContext is the context that should be treated as the main one.
*/
inline virtual void SetMainContext( cairo_t* aMainContext )
{
m_mainContext = aMainContext;
// Use the context's transformation matrix
cairo_get_matrix( m_mainContext, &m_matrix );
}
protected:
typedef boost::shared_array<unsigned int> BitmapPtr;
typedef struct
{
cairo_t* context; ///< Main texture handle
cairo_surface_t* surface; ///< Point to which an image from texture is attached
BitmapPtr bitmap; ///< Pixel storage
} CAIRO_BUFFER;
unsigned int m_current; ///< Currently used buffer handle
typedef std::deque<CAIRO_BUFFER> CAIRO_BUFFERS;
/// Pointer to the current context, so it can be changed
cairo_t** m_currentContext;
/// Rendering target used for compositing (the main display)
cairo_t* m_mainContext;
/// Transformation matrix
cairo_matrix_t m_matrix;
/// Stores information about initialized buffers
CAIRO_BUFFERS m_buffers;
unsigned int m_stride; ///< Stride to use given the desired format and width
unsigned int m_bufferSize; ///< Amount of memory needed to store a buffer
/**
* Function clean()
* performs freeing of resources.
*/
void clean();
/// Returns number of currently used buffers
unsigned int usedBuffers()
{
return m_buffers.size();
}
};
} // namespace KIGFX
#endif /* COMPOSITOR_H_ */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,392 @@
/*
* This program source code file is part of KICAD, a free EDA CAD application.
*
* Copyright (C) 2012 Torsten Hueter, torstenhtr <at> gmx.de
* Copyright (C) 2012 Kicad Developers, see change_log.txt for contributors.
*
* CairoGal - Graphics Abstraction Layer for Cairo
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
* as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
* of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, you may find one here:
* http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.html
* or you may search the http://www.gnu.org website for the version 2 license,
* or you may write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
* 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
*/
#ifndef CAIROGAL_H_
#define CAIROGAL_H_
#include <map>
#include <iterator>
#include <cairo.h>
#include <gal/graphics_abstraction_layer.h>
#include <boost/smart_ptr/shared_ptr.hpp>
#include <wx/dcbuffer.h>
#if defined(__WXMSW__)
#define SCREEN_DEPTH 24
#else
#if wxCHECK_VERSION( 2, 9, 0 )
#define SCREEN_DEPTH wxBITMAP_SCREEN_DEPTH
#else
#define SCREEN_DEPTH 32
#endif
#endif
/**
* @brief Class CAIRO_GAL is the cairo implementation of the graphics abstraction layer.
*
* Quote from Wikipedia:
* " Cairo is a software library used to provide a vector graphics-based, device-independent
* API for software developers. It is designed to provide primitives for 2-dimensional
* drawing across a number of different backends. "
* <br>
* Cairo offers also backends for Postscript and PDF surfaces. So it can be used for printing
* of KiCad graphics surfaces as well.
*
*/
namespace KIGFX
{
class CAIRO_COMPOSITOR;
class CAIRO_GAL : public GAL, public wxWindow
{
public:
/**
* Constructor CAIRO_GAL
*
* @param aParent is the wxWidgets immediate wxWindow parent of this object.
*
* @param aMouseListener is the wxEvtHandler that should receive the mouse events,
* this can be can be any wxWindow, but is often a wxFrame container.
*
* @param aPaintListener is the wxEvtHandler that should receive the paint
* event. This can be any wxWindow, but is often a derived instance
* of this class or a containing wxFrame. The "paint event" here is
* a wxCommandEvent holding EVT_GAL_REDRAW, as sent by PostPaint().
*
* @param aName is the name of this window for use by wxWindow::FindWindowByName()
*/
CAIRO_GAL( wxWindow* aParent, wxEvtHandler* aMouseListener = NULL,
wxEvtHandler* aPaintListener = NULL, const wxString& aName = wxT( "CairoCanvas" ) );
virtual ~CAIRO_GAL();
// ---------------
// Drawing methods
// ---------------
/// @copydoc GAL::BeginDrawing()
virtual void BeginDrawing();
/// @copydoc GAL::EndDrawing()
virtual void EndDrawing();
/// @copydoc GAL::DrawLine()
virtual void DrawLine( const VECTOR2D& aStartPoint, const VECTOR2D& aEndPoint );
/// @copydoc GAL::DrawSegment()
virtual void DrawSegment( const VECTOR2D& aStartPoint, const VECTOR2D& aEndPoint, double aWidth );
/// @copydoc GAL::DrawCircle()
virtual void DrawCircle( const VECTOR2D& aCenterPoint, double aRadius );
/// @copydoc GAL::DrawArc()
virtual void DrawArc( const VECTOR2D& aCenterPoint, double aRadius,
double aStartAngle, double aEndAngle );
/// @copydoc GAL::DrawRectangle()
virtual void DrawRectangle( const VECTOR2D& aStartPoint, const VECTOR2D& aEndPoint );
/// @copydoc GAL::DrawPolyline()
virtual void DrawPolyline( std::deque<VECTOR2D>& aPointList );
/// @copydoc GAL::DrawPolygon()
virtual void DrawPolygon( const std::deque<VECTOR2D>& aPointList );
/// @copydoc GAL::DrawCurve()
virtual void DrawCurve( const VECTOR2D& startPoint, const VECTOR2D& controlPointA,
const VECTOR2D& controlPointB, const VECTOR2D& endPoint );
// --------------
// Screen methods
// --------------
/// @brief Resizes the canvas.
virtual void ResizeScreen( int aWidth, int aHeight );
/// @brief Shows/hides the GAL canvas
virtual bool Show( bool aShow );
/// @copydoc GAL::Flush()
virtual void Flush();
/// @copydoc GAL::ClearScreen()
virtual void ClearScreen();
// -----------------
// Attribute setting
// -----------------
/// @copydoc GAL::SetIsFill()
virtual void SetIsFill( bool aIsFillEnabled );
/// @copydoc GAL::SetIsStroke()
virtual void SetIsStroke( bool aIsStrokeEnabled );
/// @copydoc GAL::SetStrokeColor()
virtual void SetStrokeColor( const COLOR4D& aColor );
/// @copydoc GAL::SetFillColor()
virtual void SetFillColor( const COLOR4D& aColor );
/// @copydoc GAL::SetLineWidth()
virtual void SetLineWidth( double aLineWidth );
/// @copydoc GAL::SetLayerDepth()
virtual void SetLayerDepth( double aLayerDepth );
// --------------
// Transformation
// --------------
/// @copydoc GAL::Transform()
virtual void Transform( MATRIX3x3D aTransformation );
/// @copydoc GAL::Rotate()
virtual void Rotate( double aAngle );
/// @copydoc GAL::Translate()
virtual void Translate( const VECTOR2D& aTranslation );
/// @copydoc GAL::Scale()
virtual void Scale( const VECTOR2D& aScale );
/// @copydoc GAL::Save()
virtual void Save();
/// @copydoc GAL::Restore()
virtual void Restore();
// --------------------------------------------
// Group methods
// ---------------------------------------------
/// @copydoc GAL::BeginGroup()
virtual int BeginGroup();
/// @copydoc GAL::EndGroup()
virtual void EndGroup();
/// @copydoc GAL::DrawGroup()
virtual void DrawGroup( int aGroupNumber );
/// @copydoc GAL::ChangeGroupColor()
virtual void ChangeGroupColor( int aGroupNumber, const COLOR4D& aNewColor );
/// @copydoc GAL::ChangeGroupDepth()
virtual void ChangeGroupDepth( int aGroupNumber, int aDepth );
/// @copydoc GAL::DeleteGroup()
virtual void DeleteGroup( int aGroupNumber );
/// @copydoc GAL::ClearCache()
virtual void ClearCache();
// --------------------------------------------------------
// Handling the world <-> screen transformation
// --------------------------------------------------------
/// @copydoc GAL::SaveScreen()
virtual void SaveScreen();
/// @copydoc GAL::RestoreScreen()
virtual void RestoreScreen();
/// @copydoc GAL::SetTarget()
virtual void SetTarget( RENDER_TARGET aTarget );
/// @copydoc GAL::GetTarget()
virtual RENDER_TARGET GetTarget() const;
/// @copydoc GAL::ClearTarget()
virtual void ClearTarget( RENDER_TARGET aTarget );
// -------
// Cursor
// -------
/// @copydoc GAL::DrawCursor()
virtual void DrawCursor( const VECTOR2D& aCursorPosition );
/**
* Function PostPaint
* posts an event to m_paint_listener. A post is used so that the actual drawing
* function can use a device context type that is not specific to the wxEVT_PAINT event.
*/
void PostPaint()
{
if( paintListener )
{
wxPaintEvent redrawEvent;
wxPostEvent( paintListener, redrawEvent );
}
}
void SetMouseListener( wxEvtHandler* aMouseListener )
{
mouseListener = aMouseListener;
}
void SetPaintListener( wxEvtHandler* aPaintListener )
{
paintListener = aPaintListener;
}
protected:
virtual void drawGridLine( const VECTOR2D& aStartPoint, const VECTOR2D& aEndPoint );
private:
/// Super class definition
typedef GAL super;
// Compositing variables
boost::shared_ptr<CAIRO_COMPOSITOR> compositor; ///< Object for layers compositing
unsigned int mainBuffer; ///< Handle to the main buffer
unsigned int overlayBuffer; ///< Handle to the overlay buffer
RENDER_TARGET currentTarget; ///< Current rendering target
bool validCompositor; ///< Compositor initialization flag
// Variables related to wxWidgets
wxWindow* parentWindow; ///< Parent window
wxEvtHandler* mouseListener; ///< Mouse listener
wxEvtHandler* paintListener; ///< Paint listener
unsigned int bufferSize; ///< Size of buffers cairoOutput, bitmapBuffers
unsigned char* wxOutput; ///< wxImage comaptible buffer
// Cursor variables
std::deque<wxColour> savedCursorPixels; ///< Saved pixels of the cursor
bool isDeleteSavedPixels; ///< True, if the saved pixels can be discarded
wxPoint savedCursorPosition; ///< The last cursor position
wxBitmap* cursorPixels; ///< Cursor pixels
wxBitmap* cursorPixelsSaved; ///< Saved cursor pixels
int cursorSize; ///< Cursor size
VECTOR2D cursorPosition; ///< Current cursor position
/// Maximum number of arguments for one command
static const int MAX_CAIRO_ARGUMENTS = 6;
/// Definitions for the command recorder
enum GRAPHICS_COMMAND
{
CMD_SET_FILL, ///< Enable/disable filling
CMD_SET_STROKE, ///< Enable/disable stroking
CMD_SET_FILLCOLOR, ///< Set the fill color
CMD_SET_STROKECOLOR, ///< Set the stroke color
CMD_SET_LINE_WIDTH, ///< Set the line width
CMD_STROKE_PATH, ///< Set the stroke path
CMD_FILL_PATH, ///< Set the fill path
CMD_TRANSFORM, ///< Transform the actual context
CMD_ROTATE, ///< Rotate the context
CMD_TRANSLATE, ///< Translate the context
CMD_SCALE, ///< Scale the context
CMD_SAVE, ///< Save the transformation matrix
CMD_RESTORE, ///< Restore the transformation matrix
CMD_CALL_GROUP ///< Call a group
};
/// Type definition for an graphics group element
typedef struct
{
GRAPHICS_COMMAND command; ///< Command to execute
double arguments[MAX_CAIRO_ARGUMENTS]; ///< Arguments for Cairo commands
bool boolArgument; ///< A bool argument
int intArgument; ///< An int argument
cairo_path_t* cairoPath; ///< Pointer to a Cairo path
} GROUP_ELEMENT;
// Variables for the grouping function
bool isGrouping; ///< Is grouping enabled ?
bool isElementAdded; ///< Was an graphic element added ?
typedef std::deque<GROUP_ELEMENT> GROUP; ///< A graphic group type definition
std::map<int, GROUP> groups; ///< List of graphic groups
unsigned int groupCounter; ///< Counter used for generating keys for groups
GROUP* currentGroup; ///< Currently used group
// Variables related to Cairo <-> wxWidgets
cairo_matrix_t cairoWorldScreenMatrix; ///< Cairo world to screen transformation matrix
cairo_t* currentContext; ///< Currently used Cairo context for drawing
cairo_t* context; ///< Cairo image
cairo_surface_t* surface; ///< Cairo surface
unsigned int* bitmapBuffer; ///< Storage of the cairo image
unsigned int* bitmapBufferBackup; ///< Backup storage of the cairo image
int stride; ///< Stride value for Cairo
bool isInitialized; ///< Are Cairo image & surface ready to use
// Methods
void storePath(); ///< Store the actual path
// Event handlers
/**
* @brief Paint event handler.
*
* @param aEvent is the paint event.
*/
void onPaint( wxPaintEvent& aEvent );
/**
* @brief Mouse event handler, forwards the event to the child.
*
* @param aEvent is the mouse event to be forwarded.
*/
void skipMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& aEvent );
/// @copydoc GAL::initCursor()
virtual void initCursor( int aCursorSize );
/**
* @brief Blits cursor into the current screen.
*/
virtual void blitCursor( wxBufferedDC& clientDC );
/// Prepare Cairo surfaces for drawing
void initSurface();
/// Destroy Cairo surfaces when are not needed anymore
void deinitSurface();
/// Allocate the bitmaps for drawing
void allocateBitmaps();
/// Allocate the bitmaps for drawing
void deleteBitmaps();
/// Prepare the compositor
void setCompositor();
/**
* @brief Returns a valid key that can be used as a new group number.
*
* @return An unique group number that is not used by any other group.
*/
unsigned int getNewGroupNumber();
/// Format used to store pixels
static const cairo_format_t GAL_FORMAT = CAIRO_FORMAT_RGB24;
};
} // namespace KIGFX
#endif // CAIROGAL_H_

222
include/gal/color4d.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,222 @@
/*
* This program source code file is part of KICAD, a free EDA CAD application.
*
* Copyright (C) 2012 Torsten Hueter, torstenhtr <at> gmx.de
* Copyright (C) 2012 Kicad Developers, see change_log.txt for contributors.
*
* Color class
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
* as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
* of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, you may find one here:
* http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.html
* or you may search the http://www.gnu.org website for the version 2 license,
* or you may write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
* 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
*/
#ifndef COLOR4D_H_
#define COLOR4D_H_
#include <colors.h>
#include <cassert>
namespace KIGFX
{
/**
* Class COLOR4D
* is the color representation with 4 components: red, green, blue, alpha.
*/
class COLOR4D
{
public:
// Constructor (creates the Color 0,0,0,0)
COLOR4D() :
r( 0 ), g( 0 ), b( 0 ), a( 1 )
{
}
/**
* @brief Constructor
*
* @param aRed is the red component [0.0 .. 1.0].
* @param aGreen is the green component [0.0 .. 1.0].
* @param aBlue is the blue component [0.0 .. 1.0].
* @param aAlpha is the alpha value [0.0 .. 1.0].
*/
COLOR4D( double aRed, double aGreen, double aBlue, double aAlpha ) :
r( aRed ), g( aGreen ), b( aBlue ), a( aAlpha )
{
assert( r >= 0.0 && r <= 1.0 );
assert( g >= 0.0 && g <= 1.0 );
assert( b >= 0.0 && b <= 1.0 );
assert( a >= 0.0 && a <= 1.0 );
}
/**
* @brief Constructor
*
* @param aColor is one of KiCad's palette colors.
* @see EDA_COLOR_T
*/
COLOR4D( EDA_COLOR_T aColor );
#ifdef WX_COMPATIBILITY
/**
* @brief Constructor
*
* @param aColor is the color type used by wxWidgets.
*/
COLOR4D( const wxColour& aColor );
#endif /* WX_COMPATIBLITY */
/**
* Function Brighten
* Makes the color brighter by a given factor.
* @param aFactor Specifies how bright the color should become (valid values: 0.0 .. 1.0).
* @return COLOR4D& Brightened color.
*/
COLOR4D& Brighten( double aFactor )
{
assert( aFactor >= 0.0 && aFactor <= 1.0 );
r = r * ( 1.0 - aFactor ) + aFactor;
g = g * ( 1.0 - aFactor ) + aFactor;
b = b * ( 1.0 - aFactor ) + aFactor;
return *this;
}
/**
* Function Darken
* Makes the color darker by a given factor.
* @param aFactor Specifies how dark the color should become (valid values: 0.0 .. 1.0).
* @return COLOR4D& Darkened color.
*/
COLOR4D& Darken( double aFactor )
{
assert( aFactor >= 0.0 && aFactor <= 1.0 );
r = r * ( 1.0 - aFactor );
g = g * ( 1.0 - aFactor );
b = b * ( 1.0 - aFactor );
return *this;
}
/**
* Function Invert
* Makes the color inverted, alpha remains the same.
* @return COLOR4D& Inverted color.
*/
COLOR4D& Invert()
{
r = ( 1.0 - r );
g = ( 1.0 - g );
b = ( 1.0 - b );
return *this;
}
/**
* Saturates the color to a given factor (in HSV model)
*/
COLOR4D& Saturate( double aFactor );
/**
* Function Brightened
* Returns a color that is brighter by a given factor, without modifying object.
* @param aFactor Specifies how bright the color should become (valid values: 0.0 .. 1.0).
* @return COLOR4D Highlightedd color.
*/
COLOR4D Brightened( double aFactor ) const
{
assert( aFactor >= 0.0 && aFactor <= 1.0 );
return COLOR4D( r * ( 1.0 - aFactor ) + aFactor,
g * ( 1.0 - aFactor ) + aFactor,
b * ( 1.0 - aFactor ) + aFactor,
a );
}
/**
* Function Darkened
* Returns a color that is darker by a given factor, without modifying object.
* @param aFactor Specifies how dark the color should become (valid values: 0.0 .. 1.0).
* @return COLOR4D Darkened color.
*/
COLOR4D Darkened( double aFactor ) const
{
assert( aFactor >= 0.0 && aFactor <= 1.0 );
return COLOR4D( r * ( 1.0 - aFactor ),
g * ( 1.0 - aFactor ),
b * ( 1.0 - aFactor ),
a );
}
/**
* Function Inverted
* Returns an inverted color, alpha remains the same.
* @return COLOR4D& Inverted color.
*/
COLOR4D Inverted() const
{
return COLOR4D( 1.0 - r, 1.0 - g, 1.0 - b, a );
}
/**
* Function GetBrightness
* Returns the brightness value of the color ranged from 0.0 to 1.0.
* @return The brightness value.
*/
double GetBrightness() const
{
// Weighted W3C formula
return r * 0.299 + g * 0.587 + b * 0.117;
}
/**
* Function ToHSV()
* Converts current color (stored in RGB) to HSV format.
*
* @param aOutH is conversion result for hue component.
* @param aOutS is conversion result for saturation component.
* @param aOutV is conversion result for value component.
*/
void ToHSV( double& aOutH, double& aOutS, double& aOutV ) const;
/**
* Function FromHSV()
* Changes currently used color to the one given by hue, saturation and value parameters.
*
* @param aOutH is hue component.
* @param aOutS is saturation component.
* @param aOutV is value component.
*/
void FromHSV( double aInH, double aInS, double aInV );
/// @brief Equality operator, are two colors equal
const bool operator==( const COLOR4D& aColor );
/// @brief Not equality operator, are two colors not equal
const bool operator!=( const COLOR4D& aColor );
// Color components: red, green, blue, alpha
double r; ///< Red component
double g; ///< Green component
double b; ///< Blue component
double a; ///< Alpha component
};
} // namespace KIGFX
#endif /* COLOR4D_H_ */

106
include/gal/compositor.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
/*
* This program source code file is part of KiCad, a free EDA CAD application.
*
* Copyright (C) 2013 CERN
* @author Maciej Suminski <maciej.suminski@cern.ch>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
* as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
* of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, you may find one here:
* http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.html
* or you may search the http://www.gnu.org website for the version 2 license,
* or you may write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
* 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
*/
/**
* @file compositor.h
* @brief Class that handles multitarget rendering (ie. to different textures/surfaces) and
* later compositing into a single image.
*/
#ifndef COMPOSITOR_H_
#define COMPOSITOR_H_
namespace KIGFX
{
class COMPOSITOR
{
public:
virtual ~COMPOSITOR()
{
}
/**
* Function Reset()
* performs primary initialiation, necessary to use the object.
*/
virtual void Initialize() = 0;
/**
* Function Resize()
* clears the state of COMPOSITOR, so it has to be reinitialized again with the new dimensions.
*
* @param aWidth is the framebuffer width (in pixels).
* @param aHeight is the framebuffer height (in pixels).
*/
virtual void Resize( unsigned int aWidth, unsigned int aHeight ) = 0;
/**
* Function CreateBuffer()
* prepares a new buffer that may be used as a rendering target.
*
* @return is the handle of the buffer. In case of failure 0 (zero) is returned as the handle.
*/
virtual unsigned int CreateBuffer() = 0;
/**
* Function GetBuffer()
* returns currently used buffer handle.
*
* @return Currently used buffer handle.
*/
virtual unsigned int GetBuffer() const = 0;
/**
* Function SetBuffer()
* sets the selected buffer as the rendering target. All the following drawing functions are
* going to be rendered in the selected buffer.
*
* @param aBufferHandle is the handle of the buffer or 0 in case of rendering directly to the
* display.
*/
virtual void SetBuffer( unsigned int aBufferHandle ) = 0;
/**
* Function ClearBuffer()
* clears the selected buffer (set by the SetBuffer() function).
*/
virtual void ClearBuffer() = 0;
/**
* Function DrawBuffer()
* draws the selected buffer on the screen.
*
* @param aBufferHandle is the handle of the buffer to be drawn.
*/
virtual void DrawBuffer( unsigned int aBufferHandle ) = 0;
protected:
unsigned int m_width; ///< Width of the buffer (in pixels)
unsigned int m_height; ///< Height of the buffer (in pixels)
};
} // namespace KIGFX
#endif /* COMPOSITOR_H_ */

48
include/gal/definitions.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
/*
* This program source code file is part of KICAD, a free EDA CAD application.
*
* Copyright (C) 2012 Torsten Hueter, torstenhtr <at> gmx.de
* Copyright (C) 2012 Kicad Developers, see change_log.txt for contributors.
*
* Macro definitions
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
* as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
* of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, you may find one here:
* http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.html
* or you may search the http://www.gnu.org website for the version 2 license,
* or you may write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
* 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
*/
#ifndef DEFINITIONS_H_
#define DEFINITIONS_H_
/// Swap the variables if a condition is met.
#define SWAP( varA, condition, varB ) if( varA condition varB ) { double tmp = varA; varA = varB; \
varB = tmp; }
namespace KIGFX
{
/**
* RENDER_TARGET: Possible rendering targets
*/
enum RENDER_TARGET
{
TARGET_CACHED = 0, ///< Main rendering target (cached)
TARGET_NONCACHED, ///< Auxiliary rendering target (noncached)
TARGET_OVERLAY, ///< Items that may change while the view stays the same (noncached)
TARGETS_NUMBER ///< Number of available rendering targets
};
} // namespace KIGFX
#endif /* DEFINITIONS_H_ */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,896 @@
/*
* This program source code file is part of KICAD, a free EDA CAD application.
*
* Copyright (C) 2012 Torsten Hueter, torstenhtr <at> gmx.de
* Copyright (C) 2012 Kicad Developers, see change_log.txt for contributors.
*
* Graphics Abstraction Layer (GAL) - base class
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
* as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
* of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, you may find one here:
* http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.html
* or you may search the http://www.gnu.org website for the version 2 license,
* or you may write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
* 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
*/
#ifndef GRAPHICSABSTRACTIONLAYER_H_
#define GRAPHICSABSTRACTIONLAYER_H_
#include <deque>
#include <stack>
#include <limits>
#include <wx/event.h>
#include <math/matrix3x3.h>
#include <gal/color4d.h>
#include <gal/definitions.h>
#include <gal/stroke_font.h>
#include <newstroke_font.h>
namespace KIGFX
{
/**
* GridStyle: Type definition of the grid style
*/
enum GRID_STYLE
{
GRID_STYLE_LINES, ///< Use lines for the grid
GRID_STYLE_DOTS ///< Use dots for the grid
};
/**
* @brief Class GAL is the abstract interface for drawing on a 2D-surface.
*
* The functions are optimized for drawing shapes of an EDA-program such as KiCad. Most methods
* are abstract and need to be implemented by a lower layer, for example by a cairo or OpenGL implementation.
* <br>
* Almost all methods use world coordinates as arguments. The board design is defined in world space units;
* for drawing purposes these are transformed to screen units with this layer. So zooming is handled here as well.
*
*/
class GAL
{
public:
// Constructor / Destructor
GAL();
virtual ~GAL();
// ---------------
// Drawing methods
// ---------------
/// @brief Begin the drawing, needs to be called for every new frame.
virtual void BeginDrawing() = 0;
/// @brief End the drawing, needs to be called for every new frame.
virtual void EndDrawing() = 0;
/**
* @brief Draw a line.
*
* Start and end points are defined as 2D-Vectors.
*
* @param aStartPoint is the start point of the line.
* @param aEndPoint is the end point of the line.
*/
virtual void DrawLine( const VECTOR2D& aStartPoint, const VECTOR2D& aEndPoint ) = 0;
/**
* @brief Draw a rounded segment.
*
* Start and end points are defined as 2D-Vectors.
*
* @param aStartPoint is the start point of the segment.
* @param aEndPoint is the end point of the segment.
* @param aWidth is a width of the segment
*/
virtual void DrawSegment( const VECTOR2D& aStartPoint, const VECTOR2D& aEndPoint, double aWidth ) = 0;
/**
* @brief Draw a polyline
*
* @param aPointList is a list of 2D-Vectors containing the polyline points.
*/
virtual void DrawPolyline( std::deque<VECTOR2D>& aPointList ) = 0;
/**
* @brief Draw a circle using world coordinates.
*
* @param aCenterPoint is the center point of the circle.
* @param aRadius is the radius of the circle.
*/
virtual void DrawCircle( const VECTOR2D& aCenterPoint, double aRadius ) = 0;
/**
* @brief Draw an arc.
*
* @param aCenterPoint is the center point of the arc.
* @param aRadius is the arc radius.
* @param aStartAngle is the start angle of the arc.
* @param aEndAngle is the end angle of the arc.
*/
virtual void
DrawArc( const VECTOR2D& aCenterPoint, double aRadius, double aStartAngle, double aEndAngle ) = 0;
/**
* @brief Draw a rectangle.
*
* @param aStartPoint is the start point of the rectangle.
* @param aEndPoint is the end point of the rectangle.
*/
virtual void DrawRectangle( const VECTOR2D& aStartPoint, const VECTOR2D& aEndPoint ) = 0;
/**
* @brief Draw a polygon.
*
* @param aPointList is the list of the polygon points.
*/
virtual void DrawPolygon( const std::deque<VECTOR2D>& aPointList ) = 0;
/**
* @brief Draw a cubic bezier spline.
*
* @param startPoint is the start point of the spline.
* @param controlPointA is the first control point.
* @param controlPointB is the second control point.
* @param endPoint is the end point of the spline.
*/
virtual void DrawCurve( const VECTOR2D& startPoint, const VECTOR2D& controlPointA,
const VECTOR2D& controlPointB, const VECTOR2D& endPoint ) = 0;
// --------------
// Screen methods
// --------------
/// @brief Resizes the canvas.
virtual void ResizeScreen( int aWidth, int aHeight ) = 0;
/// @brief Shows/hides the GAL canvas
virtual bool Show( bool aShow ) = 0;
/// @brief Returns GAL canvas size in pixels
VECTOR2D GetScreenPixelSize() const
{
return screenSize;
}
/// @brief Force all remaining objects to be drawn.
virtual void Flush() = 0;
/// @brief Clear the screen.
virtual void ClearScreen() = 0;
// -----------------
// Attribute setting
// -----------------
/**
* @brief Enable/disable fill.
*
* @param aIsFillEnabled is true, when the graphics objects should be filled, else false.
*/
inline virtual void SetIsFill( bool aIsFillEnabled )
{
isFillEnabled = aIsFillEnabled;
}
/**
* @brief Enable/disable stroked outlines.
*
* @param aIsStrokeEnabled is true, if the outline of an object should be stroked.
*/
inline virtual void SetIsStroke( bool aIsStrokeEnabled )
{
isStrokeEnabled = aIsStrokeEnabled;
}
/**
* @brief Set the fill color.
*
* @param aColor is the color for filling.
*/
inline virtual void SetFillColor( const COLOR4D& aColor )
{
fillColor = aColor;
}
/**
* @brief Set the stroke color.
*
* @param aColor is the color for stroking the outline.
*/
inline virtual void SetStrokeColor( const COLOR4D& aColor )
{
strokeColor = aColor;
}
/**
* @brief Get the stroke color.
*
* @return the color for stroking the outline.
*/
inline COLOR4D GetStrokeColor()
{
return strokeColor;
}
/**
* @brief Set the background color.
*
* @param aColor is the color for background filling.
*/
inline virtual void SetBackgroundColor( const COLOR4D& aColor )
{
backgroundColor = aColor;
}
/**
* @brief Set the line width.
*
* @param aLineWidth is the line width.
*/
inline virtual void SetLineWidth( double aLineWidth )
{
lineWidth = aLineWidth;
}
/**
* @brief Get the line width.
*
* @return the actual line width.
*/
inline double GetLineWidth()
{
return lineWidth;
}
/**
* @brief Set the depth of the layer (position on the z-axis)
*
* @param aLayerDepth the layer depth for the objects.
*/
inline virtual void SetLayerDepth( double aLayerDepth )
{
layerDepth = aLayerDepth;
}
// ----
// Text
// ----
/**
* @brief Draws a vector type text using preloaded Newstroke font.
*
* @param aText is the text to be drawn.
* @param aPosition is the text position in world coordinates.
* @param aRotationAngle is the text rotation angle.
*/
inline virtual void StrokeText( const std::string& aText, const VECTOR2D& aPosition,
double aRotationAngle )
{
strokeFont.Draw( aText, aPosition, aRotationAngle );
}
/**
* @brief Loads attributes of the given text (bold/italic/underline/mirrored and so on).
*
* @param aText is the text item.
*/
virtual void SetTextAttributes( const EDA_TEXT* aText );
/// @copydoc STROKE_FONT::SetGlyphSize()
inline void SetGlyphSize( const VECTOR2D aGlyphSize )
{
strokeFont.SetGlyphSize( aGlyphSize );
}
/// @copydoc STROKE_FONT::SetBold()
inline void SetBold( const bool aBold )
{
strokeFont.SetBold( aBold );
}
/// @copydoc STROKE_FONT::SetItalic()
inline void SetItalic( const bool aItalic )
{
strokeFont.SetItalic( aItalic );
}
/// @copydoc STROKE_FONT::SetMirrored()
inline void SetMirrored( const bool aMirrored )
{
strokeFont.SetMirrored( aMirrored );
}
/// @copydoc STROKE_FONT::SetHorizontalJustify()
inline void SetHorizontalJustify( const EDA_TEXT_HJUSTIFY_T aHorizontalJustify )
{
strokeFont.SetHorizontalJustify( aHorizontalJustify );
}
/// @copydoc STROKE_FONT::SetVerticalJustify()
inline void SetVerticalJustify( const EDA_TEXT_VJUSTIFY_T aVerticalJustify )
{
strokeFont.SetVerticalJustify( aVerticalJustify );
}
// --------------
// Transformation
// --------------
/**
* @brief Transform the context.
*
* @param aTransformation is the ransformation matrix.
*/
virtual void Transform( MATRIX3x3D aTransformation ) = 0;
/**
* @brief Rotate the context.
*
* @param aAngle is the rotation angle in radians.
*/
virtual void Rotate( double aAngle ) = 0;
/**
* @brief Translate the context.
*
* @param aTranslation is the translation vector.
*/
virtual void Translate( const VECTOR2D& aTranslation ) = 0;
/**
* @brief Scale the context.
*
* @param aScale is the scale factor for the x- and y-axis.
*/
virtual void Scale( const VECTOR2D& aScale ) = 0;
/// @brief Save the context.
virtual void Save() = 0;
/// @brief Restore the context.
virtual void Restore() = 0;
// --------------------------------------------
// Group methods
// ---------------------------------------------
/**
* @brief Begin a group.
*
* A group is a collection of graphic items.
* Hierarchical groups are possible, attributes and transformations can be used.
*
* @return the number of the group.
*/
virtual int BeginGroup() = 0;
/// @brief End the group.
virtual void EndGroup() = 0;
/**
* @brief Draw the stored group.
*
* @param aGroupNumber is the group number.
*/
virtual void DrawGroup( int aGroupNumber ) = 0;
/**
* @brief Changes the color used to draw the group.
*
* @param aGroupNumber is the group number.
* @param aNewColor is the new color.
*/
virtual void ChangeGroupColor( int aGroupNumber, const COLOR4D& aNewColor ) = 0;
/**
* @brief Changes the depth (Z-axis position) of the group.
*
* @param aGroupNumber is the group number.
* @param aDepth is the new depth.
*/
virtual void ChangeGroupDepth( int aGroupNumber, int aDepth ) = 0;
/**
* @brief Delete the group from the memory.
*
* @param aGroupNumber is the group number.
*/
virtual void DeleteGroup( int aGroupNumber ) = 0;
/**
* @brief Delete all data created during caching of graphic items.
*/
virtual void ClearCache() = 0;
// --------------------------------------------------------
// Handling the world <-> screen transformation
// --------------------------------------------------------
/// @brief Compute the world <-> screen transformation matrix
virtual void ComputeWorldScreenMatrix();
/**
* @brief Get the world <-> screen transformation matrix.
*
* @return the transformation matrix.
*/
MATRIX3x3D GetWorldScreenMatrix()
{
return worldScreenMatrix;
}
/**
* @brief Set the world <-> screen transformation matrix.
*
* @param aMatrix is the 3x3 world <-> screen transformation matrix.
*/
inline void SetWorldScreenMatrix( const MATRIX3x3D& aMatrix )
{
worldScreenMatrix = aMatrix;
}
/**
* @brief Set the unit length.
*
* This defines the length [inch] per one integer. For instance a value 0.001 means
* that the coordinate [1000, 1000] corresponds with a point at (1 inch, 1 inch) or
* 1 mil resolution per integer.
*
* @param aWorldUnitLength is the world Unit length.
*/
inline void SetWorldUnitLength( double aWorldUnitLength )
{
worldUnitLength = aWorldUnitLength;
}
/**
* @brief Set the dots per inch of the screen.
*
* This value depends on the user screen, it should be configurable by the application.
* For instance a typical notebook with HD+ resolution (1600x900) has 106 DPI.
*
* @param aScreenDPI are the screen DPI.
*/
inline void SetScreenDPI( double aScreenDPI )
{
screenDPI = aScreenDPI;
}
/**
* @brief Set the Point in world space to look at.
*
* This point corresponds with the center of the actual drawing area.
*
* @param aPoint is the look at point (center of the actual drawing area).
*/
inline void SetLookAtPoint( const VECTOR2D& aPoint )
{
lookAtPoint = aPoint;
}
/**
* @brief Get the look at point.
*
* @return the look at point.
*/
inline VECTOR2D GetLookAtPoint()
{
return lookAtPoint;
}
/**
* @brief Set the zoom factor of the scene.
*
* @param aZoomFactor is the zoom factor.
*/
inline void SetZoomFactor( double aZoomFactor )
{
zoomFactor = aZoomFactor;
}
/**
* @brief Get the zoom factor
*
* @return the zoom factor.
*/
inline double GetZoomFactor()
{
return zoomFactor;
}
/**
* @brief Set the range of the layer depth.
*
* Usually required for the OpenGL implementation, any object outside this range is not drawn.
*
* @param aDepthRange is the depth range where component x is the near clipping plane and y
* is the far clipping plane.
*/
inline void SetDepthRange( const VECTOR2D& aDepthRange )
{
depthRange = aDepthRange;
}
/**
* @brief Returns the minimum depth in the currently used range (the top).
*/
inline double GetMinDepth()
{
return depthRange.x;
}
/**
* @brief Returns the maximum depth in the currently used range (the bottom).
*/
inline double GetMaxDepth()
{
return depthRange.y;
}
/**
* @brief Get the world scale.
*
* @return the actual world scale factor.
*/
inline double GetWorldScale()
{
return worldScale;
}
/**
* @brief Sets flipping of the screen.
*
* @param xAxis is the flip flag for the X axis.
* @param yAxis is the flip flag for the Y axis.
*/
inline void SetFlip( bool xAxis, bool yAxis )
{
if( xAxis )
flipX = -1.0; // flipped
else
flipX = 1.0; // regular
if( yAxis )
flipY = -1.0; // flipped
else
flipY = 1.0; // regular
}
// ---------------------------
// Buffer manipulation methods
// ---------------------------
/**
* @brief Save the screen contents.
*/
virtual void SaveScreen() = 0;
/**
* @brief Restore the screen contents.
*/
virtual void RestoreScreen() = 0;
/**
* @brief Sets the target for rendering.
*
* @param aTarget is the new target for rendering.
*/
virtual void SetTarget( RENDER_TARGET aTarget ) = 0;
/**
* @brief Gets the currently used target for rendering.
*
* @return The current rendering target.
*/
virtual RENDER_TARGET GetTarget() const = 0;
/**
* @brief Clears the target for rendering.
*
* @param aTarget is the target to be cleared.
*/
virtual void ClearTarget( RENDER_TARGET aTarget ) = 0;
// -------------
// Grid methods
// -------------
/**
* @brief Sets the visibility setting of the grid.
*
* @param aVisibility is the new visibility setting of the grid.
*/
inline void SetGridVisibility( bool aVisibility )
{
gridVisibility = aVisibility;
}
/**
* @brief Set the origin point for the grid.
*
* @param aGridOrigin is a vector containing the grid origin point, in world coordinates.
*/
inline void SetGridOrigin( const VECTOR2D& aGridOrigin )
{
gridOrigin = aGridOrigin;
}
/**
* @brief Sets the screen size of the grid origin marker
*
* @param aSize is the radius of the origin marker, in pixels.
*/
inline void SetGridOriginMarkerSize( int aSize )
{
gridOriginMarkerSize = aSize;
}
/**
* @brief Set the threshold for grid drawing.
*
* @param aThreshold is the minimum grid cell size (in pixels) for which the grid is drawn.
*/
inline void SetGridDrawThreshold( int aThreshold )
{
gridDrawThreshold = aThreshold;
}
/**
* @brief Set the grid size.
*
* @param aGridSize is a vector containing the grid size in x and y direction.
*/
inline void SetGridSize( const VECTOR2D& aGridSize )
{
gridSize = aGridSize;
}
/**
* @brief Returns the grid size.
*
* @return A vector containing the grid size in x and y direction.
*/
inline const VECTOR2D& GetGridSize() const
{
return gridSize;
}
/**
* @brief Set the grid color.
*
* @param aGridColor is the grid color, it should have a low alpha value for the best effect.
*/
inline void SetGridColor( const COLOR4D& aGridColor )
{
gridColor = aGridColor;
}
/**
* @brief Draw every tick line wider.
*
* @param aInterval increase the width of every aInterval line, if 0 do not use this feature.
*/
inline void SetCoarseGrid( int aInterval )
{
gridTick = aInterval;
}
/**
* @brief Get the grid line width.
*
* @return the grid line width
*/
inline double GetGridLineWidth()
{
return gridLineWidth;
}
/**
* @brief Set the grid line width.
*
* @param aGridLineWidth is the rid line width.
*/
inline void SetGridLineWidth( double aGridLineWidth )
{
gridLineWidth = aGridLineWidth;
}
/// @brief Draw the grid
void DrawGrid();
/**
* Function GetGridPoint()
* For a given point it returns the nearest point belonging to the grid.
*
* @param aPoint is the point for which the grid point is searched.
* @return The nearest grid point.
*/
VECTOR2D GetGridPoint( VECTOR2D aPoint ) const;
/**
* @brief Change the grid display style.
*
* @param aGridStyle is the new style for grid.
*/
inline virtual void SetGridStyle( GRID_STYLE aGridStyle )
{
gridStyle = aGridStyle;
}
/**
* @brief Compute the point position in world coordinates from given screen coordinates.
*
* @param aPoint the pointposition in screen coordinates.
* @return the point position in world coordinates.
*/
inline virtual VECTOR2D ToWorld( const VECTOR2D& aPoint ) const
{
return VECTOR2D( screenWorldMatrix * aPoint );
}
/**
* @brief Compute the point position in screen coordinates from given world coordinates.
*
* @param aPoint the pointposition in world coordinates.
* @return the point position in screen coordinates.
*/
inline virtual VECTOR2D ToScreen( const VECTOR2D& aPoint ) const
{
return VECTOR2D( worldScreenMatrix * aPoint );
}
/**
* @brief Enable/Disable cursor.
*
* @param aIsCursorEnabled is true if the cursor should be enabled, else false.
*/
inline void SetCursorEnabled( bool aCursorEnabled )
{
isCursorEnabled = aCursorEnabled;
}
/**
* @brief Set the cursor color.
*
* @param aCursorColor is the color of the cursor.
*/
inline void SetCursorColor( const COLOR4D& aCursorColor )
{
cursorColor = aCursorColor;
}
/**
* @brief Set the cursor size.
*
* @param aCursorSize is the size of the cursor.
*/
inline void SetCursorSize( unsigned int aCursorSize )
{
cursorSize = aCursorSize;
}
/**
* @brief Draw the cursor.
*
* @param aCursorPosition is the cursor position in screen coordinates.
*/
virtual void DrawCursor( const VECTOR2D& aCursorPosition ) = 0;
/**
* @brief Changes the current depth to deeper, so it is possible to draw objects right beneath
* other.
*/
inline void AdvanceDepth()
{
layerDepth -= 0.001;
}
/**
* @brief Stores current drawing depth on the depth stack.
*/
inline void PushDepth()
{
depthStack.push( layerDepth );
}
/**
* @brief Restores previously stored drawing depth for the depth stack.
*/
inline void PopDepth()
{
layerDepth = depthStack.top();
depthStack.pop();
}
/// Depth level on which the grid is drawn
static const int GRID_DEPTH = 1024;
protected:
std::stack<double> depthStack; ///< Stored depth values
VECTOR2D screenSize; ///< Screen size in screen coordinates
double worldUnitLength; ///< The unit length of the world coordinates [inch]
double screenDPI; ///< The dots per inch of the screen
VECTOR2D lookAtPoint; ///< Point to be looked at in world space
double zoomFactor; ///< The zoom factor
MATRIX3x3D worldScreenMatrix; ///< World transformation
MATRIX3x3D screenWorldMatrix; ///< Screen transformation
double worldScale; ///< The scale factor world->screen
double flipX; ///< Flag for X axis flipping
double flipY; ///< Flag for Y axis flipping
double lineWidth; ///< The line width
bool isFillEnabled; ///< Is filling of graphic objects enabled ?
bool isStrokeEnabled; ///< Are the outlines stroked ?
COLOR4D backgroundColor; ///< The background color
COLOR4D fillColor; ///< The fill color
COLOR4D strokeColor; ///< The color of the outlines
double layerDepth; ///< The actual layer depth
VECTOR2D depthRange; ///< Range of the depth
// Grid settings
bool gridVisibility; ///< Should the grid be shown
GRID_STYLE gridStyle; ///< Grid display style
VECTOR2D gridSize; ///< The grid size
VECTOR2D gridOrigin; ///< The grid origin
COLOR4D gridColor; ///< Color of the grid
int gridTick; ///< Every tick line gets the double width
double gridLineWidth; ///< Line width of the grid
int gridDrawThreshold; ///< Minimum screen size of the grid (pixels)
///< below which the grid is not drawn
int gridOriginMarkerSize; ///< Grid origin indicator size (pixels)
bool isCursorEnabled; ///< Is the cursor enabled?
COLOR4D cursorColor; ///< Cursor color
int cursorSize; ///< Size of the cursor in pixels
/// Instance of object that stores information about how to draw texts
STROKE_FONT strokeFont;
/// Compute the scaling factor for the world->screen matrix
inline void ComputeWorldScale()
{
worldScale = screenDPI * worldUnitLength * zoomFactor;
}
/**
* @brief Draw a grid line (usually a simplified line function).
*
* @param aStartPoint is the start point of the line.
* @param aEndPoint is the end point of the line.
*/
virtual void drawGridLine( const VECTOR2D& aStartPoint, const VECTOR2D& aEndPoint ) = 0;
/**
* @brief Initialize the cursor.
*
* @param aCursorSize is the size of the cursor.
*/
virtual void initCursor( int aCursorSize ) = 0;
static const int MIN_DEPTH = -2048;
static const int MAX_DEPTH = 2047;
};
} // namespace KIGFX
#endif /* GRAPHICSABSTRACTIONLAYER_H_ */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,178 @@
/*
* This program source code file is part of KiCad, a free EDA CAD application.
*
* Copyright (C) 2013 CERN
* @author Maciej Suminski <maciej.suminski@cern.ch>
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
* as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
* of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, you may find one here:
* http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.html
* or you may search the http://www.gnu.org website for the version 2 license,
* or you may write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
* 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
*/
/**
* @file cached_container.h
* @brief Class to store instances of VERTEX with caching. It allows storing VERTEX objects and
* associates them with VERTEX_ITEMs. This leads to a possibility of caching vertices data in the
* GPU memory and a fast reuse of that data.
*/
#ifndef CACHED_CONTAINER_H_
#define CACHED_CONTAINER_H_
#include <gal/opengl/vertex_container.h>
#include <map>
#include <set>
// Debug messages verbosity level
// #define CACHED_CONTAINER_TEST 1
namespace KIGFX
{
class VERTEX_ITEM;
class SHADER;
class CACHED_CONTAINER : public VERTEX_CONTAINER
{
public:
CACHED_CONTAINER( unsigned int aSize = defaultInitSize );
///> @copydoc VERTEX_CONTAINER::SetItem()
virtual void SetItem( VERTEX_ITEM* aItem );
///> @copydoc VERTEX_CONTAINER::FinishItem()
virtual void FinishItem();
///> @copydoc VERTEX_CONTAINER::Allocate()
virtual VERTEX* Allocate( unsigned int aSize );
///> @copydoc VERTEX_CONTAINER::Delete()
virtual void Delete( VERTEX_ITEM* aItem );
///> @copydoc VERTEX_CONTAINER::Clear()
virtual void Clear();
/**
* Function GetVertices()
* returns the vertices stored by the specific item.
*
* @param aItem is the item.
*/
virtual VERTEX* GetVertices( const VERTEX_ITEM* aItem ) const;
protected:
///> Maps size of free memory chunks to their offsets
typedef std::pair<unsigned int, unsigned int> CHUNK;
typedef std::multimap<unsigned int, unsigned int> FREE_CHUNK_MAP;
/// List of all the stored items
typedef std::set<VERTEX_ITEM*> ITEMS;
///> Stores size & offset of free chunks.
FREE_CHUNK_MAP m_freeChunks;
///> Stored VERTEX_ITEMs
ITEMS m_items;
///> Currently modified item
VERTEX_ITEM* m_item;
///> Properties of currently modified chunk & item
unsigned int m_chunkSize;
unsigned int m_chunkOffset;
unsigned int m_itemSize;
/**
* Function reallocate()
* resizes the chunk that stores the current item to the given size.
*
* @param aSize is the number of vertices to be stored.
* @return offset of the new chunk.
*/
virtual unsigned int reallocate( unsigned int aSize );
/**
* Function defragment()
* removes empty spaces between chunks, so after that there is a long continous space
* for storing vertices at the and of the container.
*
* @param aTarget is the already allocated destination for defragmented data. It has to be
* at least of the same size as the current container. If left NULL, it will be allocated
* inside the defragment() function.
* @return false in case of failure (eg. memory shortage)
*/
virtual bool defragment( VERTEX* aTarget = NULL );
/**
* Function mergeFreeChunks()
* looks for consecutive free memory chunks and merges them, decreasing fragmentation of
* memory.
*/
virtual void mergeFreeChunks();
/**
* Function resizeContainer()
*
* prepares a bigger container of a given size.
* @param aNewSize is the new size of container, expressed in vertices
* @return false in case of failure (eg. memory shortage)
*/
virtual bool resizeContainer( unsigned int aNewSize );
/**
* Function getPowerOf2()
* returns the nearest power of 2, bigger than aNumber.
*
* @param aNumber is the number for which we look for a bigger power of 2.
*/
unsigned int getPowerOf2( unsigned int aNumber ) const;
private:
/**
* Function getChunkSize()
* returns size of the given chunk.
*
* @param aChunk is the chunk.
*/
inline int getChunkSize( const CHUNK& aChunk ) const
{
return aChunk.first;
}
/**
* Function getChunkOffset()
* returns offset of the chunk.
*
* @param aChunk is the chunk.
*/
inline unsigned int getChunkOffset( const CHUNK& aChunk ) const
{
return aChunk.second;
}
/// Debug & test functions
#if CACHED_CONTAINER_TEST > 0
void showFreeChunks();
void showReservedChunks();
void test();
#else
inline void showFreeChunks() {}
inline void showReservedChunks() {}
inline void test() {}
#endif /* CACHED_CONTAINER_TEST */
};
} // namespace KIGFX
#endif /* CACHED_CONTAINER_H_ */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,475 @@
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// OpenGL Mathematics (glm.g-truc.net)
///
/// Copyright (c) 2005 - 2012 G-Truc Creation (www.g-truc.net)
/// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
/// of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
/// in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
/// to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
/// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
/// furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
///
/// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
/// all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
///
/// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
/// IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
/// FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
/// AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
/// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
/// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
/// THE SOFTWARE.
///
/// @ref core
/// @file glm/core/_detail.hpp
/// @date 2008-07-24 / 2011-06-14
/// @author Christophe Riccio
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef glm_core_detail
#define glm_core_detail
#include "setup.hpp"
#include <cassert>
#if(defined(__STDC_VERSION__) && (__STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L))
#include <cstdint>
#endif
namespace glm{
namespace detail
{
class half;
#if(defined(__STDC_VERSION__) && (__STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L)) // C99 detected, 64 bit types available
typedef int64_t sint64;
typedef uint64_t uint64;
#elif(GLM_COMPILER & GLM_COMPILER_VC)
typedef signed __int64 sint64;
typedef unsigned __int64 uint64;
#elif(GLM_COMPILER & (GLM_COMPILER_GCC | GLM_COMPILER_LLVM_GCC | GLM_COMPILER_CLANG))
__extension__ typedef signed long long sint64;
__extension__ typedef unsigned long long uint64;
#elif(GLM_COMPILER & GLM_COMPILER_BC)
typedef Int64 sint64;
typedef Uint64 uint64;
#else//unknown compiler
typedef signed long long sint64;
typedef unsigned long long uint64;
#endif//GLM_COMPILER
template<bool C>
struct If
{
template<typename F, typename T>
static GLM_FUNC_QUALIFIER T apply(F functor, const T& val)
{
return functor(val);
}
};
template<>
struct If<false>
{
template<typename F, typename T>
static GLM_FUNC_QUALIFIER T apply(F, const T& val)
{
return val;
}
};
//template <typename T>
//struct traits
//{
// static const bool is_signed = false;
// static const bool is_float = false;
// static const bool is_vector = false;
// static const bool is_matrix = false;
// static const bool is_genType = false;
// static const bool is_genIType = false;
// static const bool is_genUType = false;
//};
//template <>
//struct traits<half>
//{
// static const bool is_float = true;
// static const bool is_genType = true;
//};
//template <>
//struct traits<float>
//{
// static const bool is_float = true;
// static const bool is_genType = true;
//};
//template <>
//struct traits<double>
//{
// static const bool is_float = true;
// static const bool is_genType = true;
//};
//template <typename genType>
//struct desc
//{
// typedef genType type;
// typedef genType * pointer;
// typedef genType const* const_pointer;
// typedef genType const *const const_pointer_const;
// typedef genType *const pointer_const;
// typedef genType & reference;
// typedef genType const& const_reference;
// typedef genType const& param_type;
// typedef typename genType::value_type value_type;
// typedef typename genType::size_type size_type;
// static const typename size_type value_size;
//};
//template <typename genType>
//const typename desc<genType>::size_type desc<genType>::value_size = genType::value_size();
union uif32
{
GLM_FUNC_QUALIFIER uif32() :
i(0)
{}
GLM_FUNC_QUALIFIER uif32(float f) :
f(f)
{}
GLM_FUNC_QUALIFIER uif32(unsigned int i) :
i(i)
{}
float f;
unsigned int i;
};
union uif64
{
GLM_FUNC_QUALIFIER uif64() :
i(0)
{}
GLM_FUNC_QUALIFIER uif64(double f) :
f(f)
{}
GLM_FUNC_QUALIFIER uif64(uint64 i) :
i(i)
{}
double f;
uint64 i;
};
typedef uif32 uif;
//////////////////
// int
template <typename T>
struct is_int
{
enum is_int_enum
{
_YES = 0,
_NO = 1
};
};
#define GLM_DETAIL_IS_INT(T) \
template <> \
struct is_int<T> \
{ \
enum is_int_enum \
{ \
_YES = 1, \
_NO = 0 \
}; \
}
//////////////////
// uint
template <typename T>
struct is_uint
{
enum is_uint_enum
{
_YES = 0,
_NO = 1
};
};
#define GLM_DETAIL_IS_UINT(T) \
template <> \
struct is_uint<T> \
{ \
enum is_uint_enum \
{ \
_YES = 1, \
_NO = 0 \
}; \
}
//GLM_DETAIL_IS_UINT(unsigned long long)
//////////////////
// float
template <typename T>
struct is_float
{
enum is_float_enum
{
_YES = 0,
_NO = 1
};
};
#define GLM_DETAIL_IS_FLOAT(T) \
template <> \
struct is_float<T> \
{ \
enum is_float_enum \
{ \
_YES = 1, \
_NO = 0 \
}; \
}
GLM_DETAIL_IS_FLOAT(detail::half);
GLM_DETAIL_IS_FLOAT(float);
GLM_DETAIL_IS_FLOAT(double);
GLM_DETAIL_IS_FLOAT(long double);
//////////////////
// bool
template <typename T>
struct is_bool
{
enum is_bool_enum
{
_YES = 0,
_NO = 1
};
};
template <>
struct is_bool<bool>
{
enum is_bool_enum
{
_YES = 1,
_NO = 0
};
};
//////////////////
// vector
template <typename T>
struct is_vector
{
enum is_vector_enum
{
_YES = 0,
_NO = 1
};
};
# define GLM_DETAIL_IS_VECTOR(TYPE) \
template <typename T> \
struct is_vector<TYPE<T> > \
{ \
enum is_vector_enum \
{ \
_YES = 1, \
_NO = 0 \
}; \
}
//////////////////
// matrix
template <typename T>
struct is_matrix
{
enum is_matrix_enum
{
_YES = 0,
_NO = 1
};
};
#define GLM_DETAIL_IS_MATRIX(T) \
template <> \
struct is_matrix \
{ \
enum is_matrix_enum \
{ \
_YES = 1, \
_NO = 0 \
}; \
}
//////////////////
// type
template <typename T>
struct type
{
enum type_enum
{
is_float = is_float<T>::_YES,
is_int = is_int<T>::_YES,
is_uint = is_uint<T>::_YES,
is_bool = is_bool<T>::_YES
};
};
//////////////////
// type
typedef signed char int8;
typedef signed short int16;
typedef signed int int32;
typedef detail::sint64 int64;
typedef unsigned char uint8;
typedef unsigned short uint16;
typedef unsigned int uint32;
typedef detail::uint64 uint64;
typedef detail::half float16;
typedef float float32;
typedef double float64;
//////////////////
// float_or_int_trait
struct float_or_int_value
{
enum
{
GLM_ERROR,
GLM_FLOAT,
GLM_INT
};
};
template <typename T>
struct float_or_int_trait
{
enum{ID = float_or_int_value::GLM_ERROR};
};
template <>
struct float_or_int_trait<int8>
{
enum{ID = float_or_int_value::GLM_INT};
};
template <>
struct float_or_int_trait<int16>
{
enum{ID = float_or_int_value::GLM_INT};
};
template <>
struct float_or_int_trait<int32>
{
enum{ID = float_or_int_value::GLM_INT};
};
template <>
struct float_or_int_trait<int64>
{
enum{ID = float_or_int_value::GLM_INT};
};
template <>
struct float_or_int_trait<uint8>
{
enum{ID = float_or_int_value::GLM_INT};
};
template <>
struct float_or_int_trait<uint16>
{
enum{ID = float_or_int_value::GLM_INT};
};
template <>
struct float_or_int_trait<uint32>
{
enum{ID = float_or_int_value::GLM_INT};
};
template <>
struct float_or_int_trait<uint64>
{
enum{ID = float_or_int_value::GLM_INT};
};
template <>
struct float_or_int_trait<float16>
{
enum{ID = float_or_int_value::GLM_FLOAT};
};
template <>
struct float_or_int_trait<float32>
{
enum{ID = float_or_int_value::GLM_FLOAT};
};
template <>
struct float_or_int_trait<float64>
{
enum{ID = float_or_int_value::GLM_FLOAT};
};
}//namespace detail
}//namespace glm
#if((GLM_COMPILER & GLM_COMPILER_VC) && (GLM_COMPILER >= GLM_COMPILER_VC2005))
# define GLM_DEPRECATED __declspec(deprecated)
# define GLM_ALIGN(x) __declspec(align(x))
# define GLM_ALIGNED_STRUCT(x) __declspec(align(x)) struct
# define GLM_RESTRICT __declspec(restrict)
# define GLM_RESTRICT_VAR __restrict
# define GLM_CONSTEXPR
#elif((GLM_COMPILER & (GLM_COMPILER_GCC | GLM_COMPILER_LLVM_GCC)) && (GLM_COMPILER >= GLM_COMPILER_GCC31))
# define GLM_DEPRECATED __attribute__((__deprecated__))
# define GLM_ALIGN(x) __attribute__((aligned(x)))
# define GLM_ALIGNED_STRUCT(x) struct __attribute__((aligned(x)))
# if(GLM_COMPILER >= GLM_COMPILER_GCC33)
# define GLM_RESTRICT __restrict__
# define GLM_RESTRICT_VAR __restrict__
# else
# define GLM_RESTRICT
# define GLM_RESTRICT_VAR
# endif
# define GLM_RESTRICT __restrict__
# define GLM_RESTRICT_VAR __restrict__
# if((GLM_COMPILER >= GLM_COMPILER_GCC47) && ((GLM_LANG & GLM_LANG_CXX0X) == GLM_LANG_CXX0X))
# define GLM_CONSTEXPR constexpr
# else
# define GLM_CONSTEXPR
# endif
#else
# define GLM_DEPRECATED
# define GLM_ALIGN
# define GLM_ALIGNED_STRUCT(x)
# define GLM_RESTRICT
# define GLM_RESTRICT_VAR
# define GLM_CONSTEXPR
#endif//GLM_COMPILER
#endif//glm_core_detail

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More